A relation or iournall of the beginning and proceedings of the English plantation setled at Plimoth in New England, by certaine English aduenturers both merchants and others With their difficult passage, their safe ariuall, their ioyfull building of, and comfortable planting themselues in the now well defended towne of New Plimoth. As also a relation of foure seuerall discoueries since made by some of the same English planters there resident. I. In a iourney to Puckanokick ... II. In a voyage made by ten of them to the kingdome of Nawset ... III. In their iourney to the kingdome of Namaschet ... IIII. Their voyage to the Massachusets, and their entertainment there. With an answer to all such obiections as are in any way made against the lawfulnesse of English plantations in those parts.
         Bradford, William, 1588-1657.
      
       
         
           1622
        
      
       Approx. 160 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 44 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.
       
         Text Creation Partnership,
         Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :
         2003-11 (EEBO-TCP Phase 1).
         A09810
         STC 20074
         ESTC S110454
         99845994
         99845994
         10930
         
           
            This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of
             Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal
            . The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.
          
        
      
       
         Early English books online.
      
       
         (EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A09810)
         Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 10930)
         Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English books, 1475-1640 ; 932:07)
      
       
         
           
             A relation or iournall of the beginning and proceedings of the English plantation setled at Plimoth in New England, by certaine English aduenturers both merchants and others With their difficult passage, their safe ariuall, their ioyfull building of, and comfortable planting themselues in the now well defended towne of New Plimoth. As also a relation of foure seuerall discoueries since made by some of the same English planters there resident. I. In a iourney to Puckanokick ... II. In a voyage made by ten of them to the kingdome of Nawset ... III. In their iourney to the kingdome of Namaschet ... IIII. Their voyage to the Massachusets, and their entertainment there. With an answer to all such obiections as are in any way made against the lawfulnesse of English plantations in those parts.
             Bradford, William, 1588-1657.
             Morton, George, d. 1624.
             Winslow, Edward, 1595-1655. aut
             Cushman, Robert, 1579?-1625. aut
          
           [12], 72 p.
           
             Printed [by J. Dawson] for Iohn Bellamie, and are to be sold at his shop at the two Greyhounds in Cornhill neere the Royall Exchange,
             London :
             1622.
          
           
             By William Bradford (section 1), Edward Winslow (sections 2-6), and Robert Cushman (section 7).
             Editor's preface signed "G. Mourt." (i.e. George Morton) by whose name the relation is commonly known.
             Running title reads: New-England in America.
             C1 is a cancel; caption title begins "A relation or iournall ..". Variant: C1 is cancellandum; caption title begins "New-England ..".
             Reproduction of the original in the British Library.
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl, TEI @ Oxford.
         Re-processed by University of Nebraska-Lincoln and Northwestern, with changes to facilitate morpho-syntactic tagging. Gap elements of known extent have been transformed into placeholder characters or elements to simplify the filling in of gaps by user contributors.
      
       
         EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.
         EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).
         The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.
         Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.
         Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.
         Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.
         The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.
         Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).
         
          Keying and markup guidelines are available at the
           Text Creation Partnership web site
          .
        
      
       
         
         
      
    
     
       
         eng
      
       
         
           Massachusetts -- History -- New Plymouth, 1620-1691 -- Early works to 1800.
        
      
    
     
        2000-00 TCP
        Assigned for keying and markup
      
        2001-06 SPi Global
        Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images
      
        2001-07 TCP Staff (Michigan)
        Sampled and proofread
      
        2003-07 SPi Global
        Rekeyed and resubmitted
      
        2003-09 Olivia Bottum
        Sampled and proofread
      
        2003-09 Olivia Bottum
        Text and markup reviewed and edited
      
        2003-10 pfs
        Batch review (QC) and XML conversion
      
    
  
   
     
       
         
         
         
           RELATION
           OR
           Iournall
           of
           the
           beginning
           and
           proceedings
           of
           the
           English
           Plantation
           setled
           at
           Plimoth
           in
           NEW
           ENGLAND
           ,
           by
           certaine
           English
           Aduenturers
           both
           Merchants
           and
           others
           .
        
         
           With
           their
           difficult
           passage
           ,
           their
           safe
           ariuall
           ,
           their
           ioyfull
           building
           of
           ,
           and
           comfortable
           planting
           themselues
           in
           the
           now
           well
           defended
           Towne
           of
           NEW
           PLIMOTH
           .
        
         
           AS
           ALSO
           A
           RELATION
           OF
           FOVRE
           seuerall
           ▪
           discoueries
           since
           made
           by
           some
           of
           the
           same
           English
           Planters
           there
           resident
           .
        
         
           I.
           In
           a
           iourney
           to
           PVCKANOKICK
           the
           habitation
           of
           the
           Indians
           greatest
           King
           Massasoyt
           :
           as
           also
           their
           message
           ,
           the
           answer
           and
           entertainment
           they
           had
           of
           him
           .
        
         
           II.
           In
           a
           voyage
           made
           by
           ten
           of
           them
           to
           the
           Kingdome
           of
           Nawset
           ,
           to
           seeke
           a
           boy
           that
           had
           lost
           himselfe
           in
           the
           woods
           :
           with
           such
           accidents
           as
           befell
           them
           in
           that
           voyage
           .
        
         
           III.
           In
           their
           iourney
           to
           the
           Kingdome
           of
           Namaschet
           ,
           in
           defence
           of
           their
           greatest
           King
           Massasoyt
           ,
           against
           the
           Narrohiggonsets
           ,
           and
           to
           reuenge
           the
           supposed
           death
           of
           their
           Interpreter
           Tisquantum
           .
        
         
           IIII.
           Their
           voyage
           to
           the
           Massachusets
           ,
           and
           their
           entertainment
           there
           .
        
         
           With
           an
           answer
           to
           all
           such
           obiections
           as
           are
           any
           way
           made
           against
           the
           lawfulnesse
           of
           English
           plantations
           in
           those
           parts
           .
        
         
           LONDON
           ,
           Printed
           for
           
             Iohn
             Bellamie
          
           ,
           and
           are
           to
           be
           sold
           at
           his
           shop
           at
           the
           two
           Greyhounds
           in
           Cornhill
           neere
           the
           Royall
           Exchange
           .
           1622.
           
        
      
       
         
         
         
           TO
           HIS
           MVCH
           REspected
           Friend
           ,
           Mr.
           
             I.
             P.
          
           
        
         
           GOod
           Friend
           :
           As
           wee
           cannot
           but
           account
           it
           an
           extraordinary
           blessing
           of
           God
           in
           directing
           our
           course
           for
           these
           parts
           ,
           after
           we
           came
           out
           of
           our
           natiue
           countrey
           ,
           for
           that
           we
           had
           the
           happinesse
           to
           be
           possessed
           of
           the
           comforts
           we
           receiue
           by
           the
           benefit
           of
           one
           of
           the
           most
           pleasant
           ,
           most
           healthfull
           ,
           and
           most
           fruitfull
           parts
           of
           the
           world
           :
           So
           must
           wee
           acknowledge
           the
           same
           blessing
           to
           bee
           multiplied
           vpon
           our
           whole
           company
           ,
           for
           that
           we
           obtained
           the
           honour
           to
           receiue
           allowance
           and
           approbation
           of
           our
           free
           possession
           ,
           and
           enioying
           thereof
           vnder
           the
           authority
           of
           those
           thrice
           honoured
           Persons
           ,
           the
           President
           and
           Counsell
           for
           the
           affaires
           of
           New-England
           ,
           by
           whose
           bounty
           and
           grace
           ,
           in
           that
           behalfe
           ,
           all
           of
           vs
           are
           tied
           to
           dedicate
           our
           best
           seruice
           vnto
           them
           ,
           as
           those
           vnder
           his
           Majestie
           ,
           that
           wee
           owe
           it
           vnto
           :
           whose
           noble
           endeuours
           in
           these
           their
           
           actions
           the
           God
           of
           heauen
           and
           earth
           multiply
           to
           his
           glory
           and
           their
           owne
           eternall
           comforts
           .
        
         
           As
           for
           this
           poore
           Relation
           ,
           I
           pray
           you
           to
           accept
           it
           ,
           as
           being
           writ
           by
           the
           seuerall
           Actors
           themselues
           ,
           after
           their
           plaine
           and
           rude
           manner
           ;
           therefore
           doubt
           nothing
           of
           the
           truth
           thereof
           :
           if
           it
           be
           defectiue
           in
           any
           thing
           ,
           it
           is
           their
           ignorance
           ,
           that
           are
           better
           acquainted
           with
           planting
           then
           writing
           .
           If
           it
           satisfie
           those
           that
           are
           well
           affected
           to
           the
           businesse
           ,
           it
           is
           all
           I
           care
           for
           .
           Sure
           I
           am
           the
           place
           we
           are
           in
           ,
           and
           the
           hopes
           that
           are
           apparent
           ,
           cannot
           but
           suffice
           any
           that
           will
           not
           desire
           more
           then
           enough
           ,
           neither
           is
           there
           want
           of
           ought
           among
           vs
           but
           company
           to
           enioy
           the
           blessings
           so
           plentifully
           bestowed
           vpon
           the
           inhabitants
           that
           are
           here
           .
           While
           I
           was
           a
           writing
           this
           ,
           I
           had
           almost
           forgot
           ,
           that
           I
           had
           but
           the
           recommendation
           of
           the
           relation
           it selfe
           ,
           to
           your
           further
           consideration
           ,
           and
           therefore
           I
           will
           end
           without
           saying
           more
           ,
           saue
           that
           I
           shall
           alwaies
           rest
        
         
           
             From
             PLIMOTH
             in
             New-England
             .
          
           
             Yours
             in
             the
             way
             of
             friendship
             ,
             
               R.
               G.
            
             
          
        
      
       
         
         
           To
           the
           Reader
           .
        
         
           COurteous
           Reader
           ,
           be
           intreated
           to
           make
           a
           fauorable
           construction
           of
           my
           forwardnes
           ,
           in
           publishing
           these
           inseuing
           discourses
           ,
           the
           desire
           of
           carrying
           the
           Gospell
           of
           Christ
           ,
           into
           those
           forraigne
           parts
           ,
           amongst
           those
           people
           that
           as
           yet
           haue
           had
           no
           knowledge
           ,
           nor
           tast
           of
           God
           ,
           as
           also
           to
           procure
           vnto
           themselues
           and
           others
           a
           quiet
           and
           comfortable
           habytation
           :
           weare
           amongst
           other
           things
           the
           inducements
           (
           vnto
           these
           vndertakers
           of
           the
           then
           hopefull
           ,
           and
           now
           experimentally
           knowne
           good
           enterprice
           for
           plantation
           ,
           in
           
             New
             England
          
           ,
           to
           set
           afoote
           and
           prosecute
           the
           same
           &
           though
           it
           fared
           with
           them
           ,
           as
           it
           is
           common
           to
           the
           most
           actions
           of
           this
           nature
           ,
           that
           the
           first
           attemps
           proue
           diffecult
           ,
           as
           the
           sequell
           more
           at
           large
           expresseth
           ,
           yet
           it
           hath
           pleased
           God
           ,
           euē
           beyond
           our
           expectation
           in
           so
           short
           a
           time
           ,
           to
           giue
           hope
           of
           letting
           some
           of
           them
           see
           (
           though
           some
           he
           hath
           taken
           out
           of
           this
           vale
           of
           teares
           )
           some
           grounds
           of
           hope
           ,
           of
           the
           accomplishment
           of
           both
           those
           endes
           by
           them
           ,
           at
           first
           propounded
           .
        
         
           And
           as
           my selfe
           then
           much
           desired
           ,
           and
           shortly
           
           hope
           to
           effect
           ,
           if
           the
           Lord
           will
           ,
           the
           putting
           to
           of
           my
           shoulder
           in
           this
           hopefull
           business
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           meane
           time
           ,
           these
           relations
           comming
           to
           my
           hand
           from
           my
           both
           known
           &
           faithful
           friends
           ,
           on
           whose
           writings
           I
           do
           much
           rely
           ,
           I
           thought
           it
           not
           a
           misse
           to
           make
           them
           more
           generall
           ,
           hoping
           of
           a
           cheerefull
           proceeding
           ,
           both
           of
           Aduenturers
           and
           planters
           ,
           intreating
           that
           the
           example
           of
           the
           hon
           :
           Virginia
           and
           Bermudas
           Companies
           ,
           incountering
           with
           so
           many
           distasters
           ,
           and
           that
           for
           diuers
           yeares
           together
           ,
           with
           an
           vnwearied
           resolution
           ,
           the
           good
           effects
           whereof
           are
           now
           eminent
           ,
           may
           preuaile
           as
           a
           spurre
           of
           preparation
           also
           touching
           this
           no
           lesse
           hopefull
           Country
           though
           yet
           an
           infant
           ,
           the
           extent
           &
           cōmodities
           whereof
           are
           as
           yet
           not
           fully
           known
           ,
           after
           time
           wil
           vnfould
           more
           :
           such
           as
           desire
           to
           take
           knowledge
           of
           things
           ,
           may
           in
           forme
           themselues
           by
           this
           insuing
           treatise
           ,
           and
           if
           they
           please
           also
           by
           such
           as
           haue
           bin
           there
           a
           first
           and
           second
           time
           ,
           my
           harry
           prayer
           to
           God
           is
           that
           the
           euent
           of
           this
           and
           all
           other
           honorable
           and
           honest
           vndertakings
           ,
           may
           be
           for
           the
           furtherance
           of
           the
           kingdome
           of
           Christ
           ,
           the
           inlarging
           of
           the
           bounds
           of
           our
           Soueraigne
           Lord
           King
           Iames
           ,
           &
           the
           good
           and
           profit
           of
           those
           ,
           who
           either
           by
           purse
           ,
           or
           person
           ,
           or
           both
           ,
           are
           agents
           in
           the
           same
           ,
           so
           I
           take
           leaue
           and
           rest
        
         
           
             Thy
             friend
             ,
             G.
             MOVRT
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           CERTAINE
           VSEFVL
           ADVERTISEMENTS
           SENT
           in
           a
           Letter
           written
           by
           a
           discreete
           friend
           vnto
           the
           Planters
           in
           
             New
             England
          
           ,
           at
           their
           first
           setting
           saile
           from
           Southhampton
           ,
           who
           earnestly
           desireth
           the
           prosperitie
           of
           that
           their
           new
           Plantation
           .
        
         
           LOuing
           and
           Christian
           friends
           ,
           I
           doe
           heartily
           and
           in
           the
           Lord
           salute
           you
           all
           ,
           as
           being
           they
           with
           whom
           I
           am
           present
           in
           my
           best
           affection
           ,
           and
           most
           earnest
           longings
           after
           you
           ,
           though
           I
           be
           constrained
           for
           a
           while
           to
           be
           bodily
           absent
           from
           you
           ,
           I
           say
           constrained
           ,
           God
           knowing
           how
           willingly
           and
           much
           rather
           then
           otherwise
           I
           would
           haue
           haue
           borne
           my
           part
           with
           you
           in
           this
           first
           brunt
           ,
           were
           I
           not
           by
           strong
           necessitie
           held
           backe
           for
           the
           present
           .
           Make
           account
           of
           me
           in
           the
           meane
           while
           ,
           as
           of
           a
           man
           deuided
           in
           my selfe
           with
           great
           paine
           ,
           and
           as
           (
           naturall
           bonds
           set
           aside
           )
           hauing
           my
           better
           part
           with
           you
           .
           And
           though
           I
           doubt
           not
           but
           in
           your
           godly
           wisedomes
           you
           both
           foresee
           and
           resolue
           vpon
           that
           which
           concerneth
           your
           present
           
           state
           and
           condition
           both
           seuerally
           and
           ioyntly
           ,
           yet
           ha●e
           I
           thought
           but
           my
           dutie
           to
           adde
           some
           further
           spurre
           of
           prouocation
           vnto
           them
           who
           run
           already
           ,
           if
           not
           because
           you
           need
           it
           ,
           yet
           because
           I
           owe
           it
           in
           loue
           and
           dutie
           .
        
         
           And
           first
           ,
           as
           we
           are
           daily
           to
           renew
           our
           repentance
           with
           our
           God
           ,
           speciall
           for
           our
           sinnes
           knowne
           ,
           and
           generall
           for
           our
           vnknowne
           trespasses
           ;
           so
           doth
           the
           Lord
           call
           vs
           in
           a
           singular
           maner
           vpon
           occasions
           of
           such
           difficultie
           and
           danger
           as
           lieth
           vpon
           you
           ,
           to
           a
           both
           more
           narrow
           search
           and
           carefull
           reformation
           of
           our
           wayes
           in
           his
           sight
           ,
           lest
           he
           calling
           to
           remembrance
           our
           sinnes
           forgotten
           by
           vs
           or
           vnrepented
           of
           ,
           take
           aduantage
           against
           vs
           ,
           and
           in
           iudgement
           leaue
           vs
           for
           the
           same
           to
           be
           swallowed
           vp
           in
           one
           danger
           or
           other
           ;
           whereas
           on
           the
           contrary
           ,
           sin
           being
           taken
           away
           by
           earnest
           repentance
           and
           the
           pardon
           thereof
           from
           the
           Lord
           ,
           sealed
           vp
           vnto
           a
           mans
           conscience
           by
           his
           Spirit
           ,
           great
           shall
           be
           his
           securitie
           and
           peace
           in
           all
           dangers
           ,
           sweete
           his
           comforts
           in
           all
           distresses
           ,
           with
           happie
           deliuerance
           from
           all
           euill
           ,
           whether
           in
           life
           or
           in
           death
           .
        
         
           Now
           next
           after
           this
           heauenly
           peace
           with
           God
           and
           our
           owne
           consciences
           ,
           we
           are
           carefully
           to
           prouide
           for
           peace
           with
           all
           men
           what
           in
           vs
           lieth
           ,
           especially
           with
           our
           associates
           ,
           and
           for
           that
           end
           watchfulnes
           must
           be
           had
           ,
           that
           we
           neither
           at
           all
           in
           our selues
           do
           giue
           ,
           no
           nor
           easily
           take
           offence
           being
           giuen
           by
           others
           .
           Woe
           be
           vnto
           the
           world
           for
           offences
           ,
           for
           though
           it
           be
           necessary
           (
           considering
           the
           malice
           of
           Satan
           and
           mans
           corruption
           )
           that
           offences
           come
           ,
           yet
           woe
           vnto
           the
           man
           or
           woman
           either
           by
           whom
           
           the
           offence
           cometh
           ,
           saith
           Christ
           ,
           Math.
           18.7
           .
           And
           if
           offences
           in
           the
           vnseasonable
           vse
           of
           things
           in
           them selues
           indifferent
           ,
           be
           more
           to
           be
           feared
           then
           death
           it selfe
           ,
           as
           the
           Apostle
           teacheth
           ,
           1.
           
           Cor.
           9.15
           .
           how
           much
           more
           in
           things
           simply
           euill
           ,
           in
           which
           neither
           honour
           of
           God
           nor
           loue
           of
           man
           is
           thought
           worthy
           to
           be
           regarded
           .
        
         
           Neither
           yet
           is
           it
           sufficient
           that
           we
           keep
           our selues
           by
           the
           grace
           of
           God
           from
           giuing
           offence
           ,
           except
           withall
           we
           be
           armed
           against
           the
           taking
           of
           them
           when
           they
           are
           giuen
           by
           others
           .
           For
           how
           vnperfect
           and
           lame
           is
           the
           worke
           of
           grace
           in
           that
           person
           ,
           who
           wants
           charitie
           to
           couer
           a
           multitude
           of
           offences
           ,
           as
           the
           Scriptures
           speake
           .
           Neither
           are
           you
           to
           be
           exhorted
           to
           this
           grace
           onely
           vpon
           the
           common
           grounds
           of
           Christianitie
           ,
           which
           are
           ,
           that
           persons
           ready
           to
           take
           offence
           ,
           either
           want
           charitie
           to
           couer
           offences
           ,
           or
           wisedome
           duly
           to
           weigh
           humane
           frailtie
           ;
           or
           lastly
           are
           grosse
           ,
           though
           close
           hypocrites
           ,
           as
           Christ
           our
           Lord
           teacheth
           ,
           Math.
           7.1
           ,
           2
           ,
           3.
           as
           indeed
           in
           mine
           owne
           experience
           ,
           few
           or
           none
           haue
           beene
           found
           which
           sooner
           giue
           offence
           ,
           then
           such
           as
           easily
           take
           it
           ;
           neither
           haue
           they
           euer
           proued
           sound
           and
           profitable
           members
           in
           societies
           ,
           which
           haue
           nourished
           in
           themselues
           that
           touchey
           humour
           .
           But
           besides
           these
           ,
           there
           are
           diuers
           spe●iall
           motiues
           prouoking
           you
           aboue
           others
           to
           great
           care
           and
           conscience
           this
           way
           :
           As
           first
           ,
           you
           are
           many
           of
           you
           strangers
           ,
           as
           to
           the
           persons
           ,
           so
           to
           the
           infirmities
           one
           of
           another
           ,
           and
           so
           stand
           in
           neede
           of
           more
           watchfulnesse
           this
           way
           ,
           lest
           when
           such
           things
           fall
           out
           in
           men
           and
           women
           as
           you
           suspected
           not
           ,
           you
           be
           inordinately
           affected
           
           with
           them
           ;
           which
           doth
           require
           at
           your
           hands
           much
           wisedome
           and
           charitie
           for
           the
           couering
           and
           preuenting
           of
           incident
           offences
           that
           way
           .
           And
           last●y
           your
           intended
           course
           of
           ciuill
           communitie
           wil
           minister
           continuall
           occasion
           of
           offence
           ,
           and
           will
           be
           as
           fuell
           for
           that
           fire
           ,
           except
           you
           diligently
           quench
           it
           with
           brotherly
           forbearance
           .
           And
           if
           taking
           of
           offence
           causlesly
           or
           easily
           at
           mens
           doings
           be
           so
           carefully
           to
           be
           auoided
           ,
           how
           much
           more
           heed
           is
           to
           be
           taken
           that
           we
           take
           not
           offence
           at
           God
           himselfe
           ,
           which
           yet
           we
           certainly
           do
           so
           oft
           as
           we
           do
           murmure
           at
           his
           prouidence
           in
           our
           crosses
           ,
           or
           beare
           impatiently
           such
           afflictions
           as
           wherewith
           he
           pleaseth
           to
           visit
           vs.
           Store
           we
           vp
           therefore
           patience
           against
           the
           euill
           day
           ,
           without
           which
           we
           take
           offence
           at
           the
           Lord
           himselfe
           in
           his
           holy
           and
           iust
           works
           .
        
         
           A
           fourth
           thing
           there
           is
           carefully
           to
           be
           prouided
           for
           ,
           to
           wit
           ,
           that
           with
           your
           common
           emploiments
           you
           ioyne
           common
           affections
           truly
           bent
           vpon
           the
           generall
           good
           ,
           auoiding
           as
           a
           deadly
           plague
           of
           your
           both
           common
           and
           speciall
           comfort
           all
           retirednesse
           of
           minde
           for
           proper
           aduantage
           ,
           and
           all
           singularly
           affected
           any
           maner
           of
           way
           ;
           let
           euery
           man
           represse
           in
           himselfe
           and
           the
           whole
           bodie
           in
           each
           person
           ,
           as
           so
           many
           rebels
           against
           the
           common
           good
           ,
           all
           priuate
           respects
           of
           mens
           selues
           ,
           not
           sorting
           with
           the
           generall
           conueniencie
           .
           And
           as
           men
           are
           carefull
           not
           to
           haue
           a
           new
           house
           shaken
           with
           any
           violence
           before
           it
           be
           well
           settled
           and
           the
           parts
           firmly
           knit
           :
           so
           be
           you
           ,
           I
           beseech
           you
           brethren
           ,
           much
           more
           carefull
           ,
           that
           the
           house
           of
           God
           which
           you
           are
           and
           are
           
           to
           be
           ,
           be
           not
           shaken
           with
           vnnecessary
           nouelties
           or
           other
           oppositions
           at
           the
           first
           settling
           thereof
           .
        
         
           Lastly
           ,
           whereas
           you
           are
           to
           become
           a
           body
           politik
           ,
           vsing
           amongst
           your selues
           ciuill
           gouernment
           ,
           and
           are
           not
           furnished
           with
           any
           persons
           of
           speciall
           eminencie
           aboue
           the
           rest
           ,
           to
           be
           chosen
           by
           you
           into
           office
           of
           gouernment
           :
           Let
           your
           wisedome
           and
           godlinesse
           appeare
           ,
           not
           onely
           in
           chusing
           such
           persons
           as
           do
           entirely
           loue
           ,
           and
           will
           diligently
           promote
           the
           common
           good
           ,
           but
           also
           in
           yeelding
           vnto
           them
           all
           due
           honour
           and
           obedience
           in
           their
           lawfull
           administrations
           ;
           not
           beholding
           in
           them
           the
           ordinarinesse
           of
           their
           persons
           ,
           but
           Gods
           ordinance
           for
           your
           good
           ;
           nor
           being
           like
           vnto
           the
           foolish
           multitude
           ,
           who
           more
           honour
           the
           gay
           coate
           ,
           then
           either
           the
           vertuous
           mind
           of
           the
           man
           ,
           or
           glorious
           ordinance
           of
           the
           Lord.
           But
           you
           know
           better
           things
           ,
           and
           that
           the
           image
           of
           the
           Lords
           power
           and
           authoritie
           which
           the
           Magistrate
           beareth
           ,
           is
           honorable
           ,
           in
           how
           meane
           persons
           soeuer
           .
           And
           this
           dutie
           you
           both
           may
           the
           more
           willingly
           ,
           and
           ought
           the
           more
           conscionably
           to
           performe
           ,
           because
           you
           are
           at
           least
           for
           the
           present
           to
           haue
           onely
           them
           for
           your
           ordinary
           gouernours
           ,
           which
           your selues
           shall
           make
           choise
           of
           for
           that
           worke
           .
        
         
           Sundrie
           other
           things
           of
           importance
           I
           could
           put
           you
           in
           mind
           of
           ,
           and
           of
           those
           before
           mentioned
           in
           more
           words
           ,
           but
           I
           will
           not
           so
           far
           wrong
           your
           godly
           minds
           ,
           as
           to
           thinke
           you
           heedlesse
           of
           these
           things
           ,
           there
           being
           also
           diuers
           among
           you
           so
           well
           able
           to
           admonish
           both
           themselues
           and
           others
           of
           what
           concerneth
           them
           .
           These
           few
           things
           therefore
           ,
           and
           
           the
           same
           in
           few
           words
           I
           do
           earnestly
           commend
           vnto
           your
           care
           and
           conscience
           ,
           ioyning
           therewith
           my
           daily
           incessant
           prayers
           vnto
           the
           Lord
           ,
           that
           he
           who
           hath
           made
           the
           heauens
           and
           the
           earth
           ,
           the
           sea
           and
           all
           riuers
           of
           waters
           ,
           and
           whose
           prouidence
           is
           ouer
           all
           his
           workes
           ,
           especially
           ouer
           all
           his
           deare
           childre●
           for
           good
           ,
           would
           so
           guide
           and
           guard
           you
           in
           your
           wayes
           ,
           as
           inwardly
           by
           his
           Spirit
           ,
           so
           outwardly
           by
           the
           hand
           of
           his
           power
           ,
           as
           that
           both
           you
           and
           we
           also
           ,
           for
           and
           with
           you
           ,
           may
           haue
           after
           matter
           of
           praising
           his
           Name
           all
           the
           days
           of
           your
           and
           our
           liues
           .
           Fare
           you
           well
           in
           him
           in
           whom
           you
           trust
           ,
           and
           in
           whom
           I
           rest
        
         
           
             
               An
               vnfained
               well-willer
               of
               your
               happie
               successe
               in
               this
               hopefull
               voyage
               ,
            
             I.
             R.
             
          
        
      
    
     
       
         
         
           A
           RELATION
           OR
           IOVRNALL
           OF
           THE
           PROCEEDINGS
           OF
           THE
           Plantation
           setled
           at
           Plimoth
           in
           New
           ENGLAND
           .
        
         
           WEdnesday
           the
           sixt
           of
           September
           ,
           the
           Wind
           comming
           East
           North
           East
           ,
           a
           sine
           small
           gale
           ,
           we
           loosed
           from
           Plimoth
           ,
           hauing
           beene
           kindly
           intertained
           and
           curteously
           vsed
           by
           diuer●
           friends
           there
           dwelling
           ,
           and
           after
           many
           difficulties
           in
           boysterous
           stormes
           ,
           at
           length
           by
           Gods
           prouidence
           vpon
           the
           ninth
           of
           Nouember
           following
           ,
           by
           breake
           of
           the
           day
           we
           espied
           land
           which
           we
           deemed
           to
           be
           
             Cape
             Cod
          
           ,
           and
           so
           afterward
           it
           proued
           .
           And
           the
           appearance
           of
           it
           much
           comforted
           vs
           ,
           especially
           ,
           seeing
           so
           goodly
           a
           Land
           ,
           and
           woodded
           to
           the
           brinke
           of
           the
           sea
           ,
           it
           caused
           vs
           to
           reioyce
           together
           ,
           and
           praise
           God
           that
           had
           giuen
           vs
           once
           againe
           to
           see
           land
           .
           And
           thus
           wee
           made
           our
           course
           South
           South
           West
           ,
           purposing
           to
           goe
           to
           a
           Riuer
           ten
           leagues
           
           to
           the
           South
           of
           the
           Cape
           ,
           but
           at
           night
           the
           winde
           being
           con●rary
           ,
           we
           put
           round
           againe
           for
           the
           Bay
           of
           
             Cape
             Cod
          
           :
           and
           vpon
           the
           11.
           of
           Nouember
           ,
           we
           came
           to
           an
           anchor
           in
           the
           Bay
           ,
           which
           is
           a
           good
           harbour
           and
           pleasant
           Bay
           ,
           circled
           round
           ,
           except
           in
           the
           entrance
           ,
           which
           is
           about
           foure
           miles
           ouer
           from
           land
           to
           land
           ,
           compassed
           about
           to
           the
           very
           Sea
           with
           Okes
           ,
           Pines
           ,
           Iuniper
           ,
           Sassafras
           ,
           and
           other
           sweet
           wood
           ;
           it
           is
           a
           harbour
           wherein
           1000.
           saile
           of
           Ships
           may
           safely
           ride
           ,
           there
           we
           relieued
           our selues
           with
           wood
           and
           water
           ,
           and
           refreshed
           our
           people
           ,
           while
           our
           shallop
           was
           fitted
           to
           coast
           the
           Bay
           ,
           to
           search
           for
           an
           habitation
           :
           there
           was
           the
           greatest
           store
           of
           fowle
           that
           euer
           we
           saw
           .
        
         
           An●●uery
           day
           we
           saw
           Whales
           playing
           hard
           by
           vs
           ,
           of
           which
           in
           that
           place
           ,
           if
           we
           had
           instruments
           &
           meanes
           to
           take
           them
           ,
           we
           might
           haue
           made
           a
           very
           rich
           returne
           ,
           which
           to
           our
           great
           griefe
           we
           wanted
           .
           Our
           master
           and
           his
           mate
           ,
           and
           other●
           experienced
           in
           fishing
           ,
           professed
           ,
           we
           might
           haue
           made
           three
           or
           foure
           thousand
           pounds
           worth
           of
           Oyle
           ;
           they
           preferred
           it
           before
           Greenland
           Whale-●ishing
           ,
           &
           purpose
           the
           next
           winter
           to
           fish
           for
           Whale
           here
           ;
           for
           ●od
           we
           a●●ayed
           ,
           but
           found
           none
           ,
           there
           is
           good
           store
           no
           doubt
           in
           their
           season
           .
           Neither
           got
           we
           any
           ●i●h
           all
           the
           time
           we
           lay
           there
           ,
           but
           some
           few
           little
           ones
           on
           the
           shore
           .
           We
           found
           great
           Mussles
           ,
           and
           very
           fat
           and
           full
           of
           Sea
           pearle
           ,
           but
           we
           could
           not
           eat
           them
           ,
           for
           they
           made
           vs
           all
           sicke
           that
           did
           eat
           ,
           as
           well
           saylers
           as
           passengers
           ;
           they
           caused
           to
           cast
           and
           se●ure
           ,
           b●t
           they
           were
           soone
           well
           againe
           .
           The
           bay
           is
           so
           round
           &
           circling
           ,
           that
           before
           we
           could
           come
           to
           anchor
           ,
           we
           went
           round
           all
           the
           points
           of
           the
           Compasse
           .
           We
           could
           not
           come
           neere
           the
           shore
           by
           three
           quarters
           of
           an
           English
           mile
           ,
           because
           of
           shallow
           water
           ,
           which
           was
           a
           great
           preiudice
           to
           vs
           ,
           for
           our
           people
           going
           on
           shore
           were
           forced
           to
           wade
           a
           bow
           shoot
           or
           two
           in
           going
           aland
           ,
           which
           caused
           many
           to
           get
           colds
           and
           coughs
           ,
           for
           it
           was
           many
           times
           freezing
           cold
           weather
           .
        
         
           This
           day
           before
           we
           came
           to
           harbour
           ,
           obseruing
           some
           not
           well
           affected
           to
           vnitie
           and
           concord
           ,
           but
           gaue
           some
           appearance
           of
           faction
           ,
           it
           was
           thought
           good
           there
           should
           be
           an
           association
           and
           agreement
           ,
           that
           we
           should
           combine
           together
           
           in
           one
           body
           ,
           and
           to
           submit
           to
           such
           government
           and
           governours
           ,
           as
           we
           should
           by
           common
           consent
           agree
           to
           make
           and
           chose
           ,
           and
           set
           our
           hands
           to
           this
           that
           followes
           word
           fo●
           word
           .
        
         
           IN
           the
           name
           of
           God
           ,
           Amen
           .
           We
           whose
           names
           are
           vnde●written
           ,
           the
           loyall
           Subiects
           of
           our
           dread
           soveraigne
           Lord
           King
           IAMES
           ,
           by
           the
           grace
           of
           God
           of
           Great
           
             Britaine
             ,
             France
          
           ,
           and
           Ireland
           King
           ,
           Defender
           of
           the
           Faith
           ,
           &c.
           
        
         
           Having
           vnder-taken
           for
           the
           glory
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           advancement
           of
           the
           Christian
           Faith
           ,
           and
           honour
           of
           our
           King
           and
           Countrey
           ,
           a
           Voyage
           to
           plant
           the
           first
           Colony
           in
           the
           Northerne
           parts
           of
           VIRGINIA
           ,
           doe
           by
           these
           presents
           solemnly
           &
           mutually
           in
           the
           presence
           of
           God
           and
           one
           of
           another
           ,
           covenant
           ,
           and
           combine
           our selues
           together
           into
           a
           civill
           body
           politike
           ,
           for
           our
           better
           ordering
           and
           preservation
           ,
           and
           furtherance
           of
           the
           ends
           aforesaid
           ;
           and
           by
           vertue
           hereof
           to
           enact
           ,
           constitute
           ,
           and
           frame
           such
           iust
           and
           equall
           Lawes
           ,
           Ordinances
           ,
           acts
           ,
           constitutions
           ,
           offices
           from
           time
           to
           time
           ,
           as
           shall
           be
           thought
           most
           meet
           and
           convenient
           for
           the
           generall
           good
           of
           the
           Colony
           :
           vnto
           which
           we
           promise
           all
           due
           submission
           and
           obedience
           .
           In
           witnesse
           whereof
           we
           haue
           here
           vnder
           subscribed
           our
           names
           .
           
             Cape
             Cod
          
           11.
           of
           November
           ,
           in
           the
           yeare
           of
           the
           raigne
           of
           our
           soveraigne
           Lord
           King
           IAMES
           ,
           of
           
             England
             ,
             France
          
           ,
           and
           Ireland
           18.
           and
           of
           Scotland
           54.
           
           
             Anno
             Domino
          
           1620.
           
        
         
           The
           same
           day
           so
           soone
           as
           we
           could
           we
           set
           a-shore
           15.
           or
           16.
           men
           ,
           well
           armed
           ,
           with
           some
           to
           fetch
           wood
           ,
           for
           we
           had
           none
           left
           ;
           as
           also
           to
           see
           what
           the
           Land
           was
           ,
           and
           what
           Inhabitants
           they
           could
           meet
           with
           ,
           they
           found
           it
           to
           be
           a
           small
           neck
           of
           Land
           ;
           on
           this
           side
           where
           we
           lay
           is
           the
           Bay
           and
           the
           f●rther
           side
           the
           Sea
           ;
           the
           ground
           or
           earth
           ,
           sand
           hils
           ,
           much
           like
           the
           Downes
           in
           Holland
           ,
           but
           much
           better
           ;
           the
           crust
           of
           the
           earth
           a
           Spits
           depth
           ,
           excellent
           blacke
           earth
           ;
           all
           wooded
           with
           Okes
           ,
           Pines
           ,
           Sassafras
           ,
           Iuniper
           ,
           Birch
           ,
           Holly
           ,
           Vines
           ,
           some
           Ash
           ,
           Walnut
           ;
           the
           wood
           for
           the
           most
           part
           open
           and
           without
           vnderwood
           ,
           sit
           either
           to
           goe
           or
           ride
           in
           :
           at
           night
           our
           people
           returned
           ,
           
           but
           found
           not
           any
           person
           ,
           nor
           habitation
           ,
           and
           laded
           their
           Boat
           with
           Iuniper
           ,
           which
           smelled
           very
           sweet
           &
           strong
           ,
           and
           of
           which
           we
           burnt
           the
           most
           part
           of
           the
           time
           we
           lay
           there
           .
        
         
           Munday
           the
           13.
           of
           November
           ,
           we
           vnshipped
           our
           Shallop
           and
           drew
           her
           on
           land
           ,
           to
           mend
           and
           repaire
           her
           ,
           having
           bin
           forced
           to
           cut
           her
           downe
           in
           bestowing
           her
           betwixt
           the
           decks
           ,
           and
           she
           was
           much
           opened
           with
           the
           peoples
           lying
           in
           her
           ,
           which
           kept
           vs
           long
           there
           ,
           for
           it
           was
           16.
           or
           17.
           dayes
           before
           the
           Carpenter
           had
           finished
           her
           ;
           our
           people
           went
           on
           shore
           to
           refresh
           themselues
           ,
           and
           our
           women
           to
           wash
           ▪
           as
           they
           had
           great
           need
           ;
           but
           whilest
           we
           lay
           thus
           still
           ,
           hoping
           our
           Shallop
           would
           be
           ready
           in
           fiue
           or
           sixe
           dayes
           at
           the
           furthest
           ,
           but
           our
           Carpenter
           made
           slow
           worke
           of
           it
           ,
           so
           that
           some
           of
           our
           people
           impatient
           of
           delay
           ,
           desired
           for
           our
           better
           furtherance
           to
           travaile
           by
           Land
           into
           the
           Countrey
           ,
           which
           was
           not
           without
           appearance
           of
           danger
           ,
           not
           having
           the
           Shallop
           with
           them
           nor
           meanes
           to
           carry
           provision
           ,
           but
           on
           their
           backes
           ,
           to
           see
           whether
           it
           might
           be
           fit
           for
           vs
           to
           seate
           in
           or
           no
           ,
           and
           the
           rather
           because
           as
           we
           sayled
           into
           the
           Harbour
           ,
           there
           seemed
           to
           be
           a
           river
           opening
           it selfe
           into
           the
           maine
           land
           ;
           the
           willingnes
           of
           the
           persons
           was
           liked
           ,
           but
           the
           thing
           it selfe
           ,
           in
           regard
           of
           the
           danger
           was
           rather
           permitted
           then
           approved
           ,
           and
           so
           with
           cautions
           ,
           directions
           ,
           and
           instructions
           ,
           sixteene
           men
           were
           set
           out
           with
           every
           man
           his
           Musket
           ,
           Sword
           ,
           and
           Corslet
           ,
           vnder
           the
           conduct
           of
           Captaine
           
             Miles
             Standish
          
           ,
           vnto
           whom
           was
           adioyned
           for
           counsell
           and
           advise
           ,
           
             William
             Bradford
             ,
             Stephen
             Hopkins
          
           ,
           and
           
             Edward
             Tilley
          
           .
        
         
           Wednesday
           the
           15.
           of
           November
           ,
           they
           were
           set
           a
           shore
           ,
           and
           when
           they
           had
           ordered
           themselues
           in
           the
           order
           of
           a
           single
           File
           ,
           and
           marched
           about
           the
           space
           of
           a
           myle
           ,
           by
           the
           Sea
           they
           espyed
           fiue
           or
           sixe
           people
           ,
           with
           a
           Dogge
           comming
           towards
           them
           ,
           who
           were
           Savages
           ,
           who
           when
           they
           saw
           them
           ran
           into
           the
           Wood
           and
           whilled
           the
           Dogge
           after
           them
           ,
           &c.
           
           First
           ,
           they
           supposed
           them
           to
           be
           master
           Iones
           ,
           the
           Master
           and
           some
           of
           his
           men
           ,
           for
           they
           were
           a
           shore
           ,
           and
           knew
           of
           their
           comming
           ,
           but
           after
           they
           knew
           them
           to
           be
           Indians
           they
           marched
           
           after
           them
           into
           the
           Woods
           ,
           least
           other
           of
           the
           Indians
           should
           lie
           in
           Ambush
           ;
           but
           when
           the
           Indians
           saw
           our
           men
           following
           them
           ,
           they
           ran
           away
           with
           might
           and
           may
           ●e
           and
           our
           men
           turned
           out
           of
           the
           Wood
           after
           them
           ,
           for
           it
           was
           the
           way
           they
           intended
           to
           goe
           ,
           but
           they
           could
           not
           come
           neare
           them
           .
           They
           followed
           them
           that
           night
           about
           ten
           miles
           by
           the
           trace
           of
           their
           ●ootings
           ,
           and
           saw
           how
           they
           had
           come
           the
           same
           way
           they
           went
           ,
           and
           at
           a
           turning
           perceived
           how
           they
           r●n
           vp
           an
           hill
           ,
           to
           see
           whether
           they
           followed
           them
           .
           At
           length
           night
           came
           vpon
           them
           ,
           and
           they
           were
           constrained
           to
           take
           vp
           their
           lodging
           ,
           so
           they
           set
           forth
           three
           Sentinells
           ,
           and
           the
           rest
           ,
           some
           kindled
           a
           fire
           ,
           and
           others
           fetched
           wood
           ,
           and
           there
           held
           our
           Randevous
           that
           night
           .
           In
           the
           morning
           so
           soone
           as
           we
           could
           see
           the
           trace
           ,
           we
           proceeded
           on
           our
           iourney
           ,
           &
           had
           the
           tracke
           vntill
           we
           had
           compassed
           the
           head
           of
           a
           long
           creake
           ,
           and
           there
           they
           tooke
           into
           another
           wood
           ,
           and
           we
           after
           them
           ,
           supposing
           to
           finde
           some
           of
           their
           dwellings
           ,
           but
           we
           marched
           thorow
           boughes
           and
           bushes
           ,
           and
           vnder
           hills
           and
           vallies
           ,
           which
           tore
           our
           very
           Armour
           in
           peeces
           ,
           and
           yet
           could
           meete
           with
           none
           of
           them
           ,
           nor
           their
           houses
           ,
           nor
           finde
           any
           fresh
           water
           ,
           which
           we
           greatly
           desired
           ,
           and
           stood
           in
           need
           off
           ,
           for
           we
           brought
           neither
           Beere
           nor
           Water
           with
           vs
           ,
           and
           our
           victuals
           was
           onely
           Bisket
           and
           Holland
           cheese
           ,
           and
           a
           little
           Bottle
           of
           aquavite
           ,
           so
           as
           we
           were
           sore
           a
           thirst
           .
           About
           ten
           a
           clocke
           we
           came
           into
           a
           deepe
           Valley
           ,
           full
           of
           brush
           ,
           wood-gaile
           ,
           and
           long
           grasse
           ,
           through
           which
           we
           found
           little
           paths
           or
           tracts
           ,
           and
           there
           we
           saw
           a
           Deere
           ,
           and
           found
           springs
           of
           fresh
           water
           ,
           of
           which
           we
           were
           heartily
           glad
           ,
           and
           sat
           vs
           downe
           and
           drunke
           our
           first
           New-England
           water
           with
           as
           much
           delight
           as
           euer
           we
           drunke
           drinke
           in
           all
           our
           liues
           .
           When
           we
           had
           refreshed
           our selues
           ,
           we
           directed
           our
           course
           full
           South
           ,
           that
           we
           might
           come
           to
           the
           shore
           ,
           which
           within
           a
           short
           while
           after
           we
           did
           ,
           and
           there
           made
           a
           fire
           ,
           that
           they
           in
           the
           ship
           might
           see
           where
           wee
           were
           (
           as
           we
           had
           direction
           )
           and
           so
           marched
           on
           towards
           this
           supposed
           River
           ;
           and
           as
           we
           went
           in
           another
           valley
           we
           found
           a
           fine
           cleere
           Pond
           of
           fresh
           water
           ,
           being
           about
           a
           Musket
           sho●
           broad
           ,
           and
           twise
           as
           long
           ;
           there
           grew
           also
           many
           small
           vines
           ,
           
           and
           Foule
           and
           Deere
           haunted
           there
           ;
           there
           grew
           much
           Sasafras
           :
           from
           thence
           we
           went
           on
           &
           found
           much
           plaine
           ground
           ,
           about
           fiftie
           Acres
           ,
           fit
           for
           the
           Plow
           ,
           and
           some
           signes
           where
           the
           Indians
           had
           formerly
           planted
           their
           corne
           ;
           after
           this
           ,
           some
           thought
           it
           best
           for
           nearenesse
           of
           the
           river
           to
           goe
           downe
           and
           travaile
           on
           the
           Sea
           sands
           ,
           by
           which
           meanes
           some
           of
           our
           men
           were
           tyred
           ,
           and
           lagged
           behind
           ,
           so
           we
           stayed
           and
           gathered
           them
           vp
           ,
           and
           struck
           into
           the
           Land
           againe
           ;
           where
           we
           found
           a
           little
           path
           to
           certaine
           heapes
           of
           sand
           ,
           one
           whereof
           was
           covered
           with
           old
           Matts
           ,
           and
           had
           a
           woodden
           thing
           like
           a
           morter
           whelmed
           on
           the
           top
           of
           it
           ,
           and
           an
           earthen
           pot
           layd
           in
           a
           little
           hole
           at
           the
           end
           thereof
           ;
           we
           musing
           what
           it
           might
           be
           ,
           digged
           &
           found
           a
           Bow
           ,
           and
           ,
           as
           we
           thought
           ,
           Arrowes
           ,
           but
           they
           were
           rotten
           ;
           We
           supposed
           ,
           there
           were
           many
           other
           things
           ,
           but
           because
           we
           deemed
           them
           graues
           ,
           we
           put
           in
           the
           Bow
           againe
           and
           made
           it
           vp
           as
           it
           was
           ,
           and
           left
           the
           rest
           vntouched
           ,
           because
           we
           thought
           it
           would
           be
           odious
           vnto
           them
           to
           ransacke
           their
           Sepulchers
           .
           We
           went
           on
           further
           and
           found
           new
           stubble
           ,
           of
           which
           they
           had
           gotten
           Corne
           this
           yeare
           ,
           and
           many
           Wallnut
           trees
           full
           of
           Nuts
           ,
           and
           great
           store
           of
           Strawberries
           ,
           and
           some
           Vines
           ;
           passing
           thus
           a
           field
           or
           two
           ,
           which
           were
           not
           great
           ,
           we
           came
           to
           another
           ,
           which
           had
           also
           bin
           new
           gotten
           ,
           and
           there
           we
           found
           where
           an
           house
           had
           beene
           ,
           and
           foure
           or
           fiue
           old
           Plankes
           layed
           together
           ;
           also
           we
           found
           a
           great
           Ketle
           ,
           which
           had
           beene
           some
           Ships
           ketle
           and
           brought
           out
           of
           Europe
           ;
           there
           was
           also
           an
           heape
           of
           sand
           ,
           made
           like
           the
           former
           ,
           but
           it
           was
           newly
           done
           ,
           we
           might
           see
           how
           they
           had
           padled
           it
           with
           their
           hands
           which
           we
           digged
           vp
           ,
           and
           in
           it
           we
           found
           a
           little
           old
           Basket
           full
           of
           faire
           Indian
           Corne
           ,
           and
           digged
           further
           &
           found
           a
           fine
           great
           new
           Basket
           full
           of
           very
           faire
           corne
           of
           this
           yeare
           ,
           with
           some
           36.
           goodly
           eares
           of
           corne
           ,
           some
           yellow
           ,
           and
           some
           red
           ,
           and
           others
           mixt
           with
           blew
           ,
           which
           was
           a
           very
           goodly
           sight
           :
           the
           Basket
           was
           round
           ,
           and
           narrow
           at
           the
           top
           ,
           it
           held
           about
           three
           or
           foure
           Bushels
           ,
           which
           was
           as
           much
           as
           two
           of
           vs
           could
           lift
           vp
           from
           the
           ground
           ,
           and
           was
           very
           handsomely
           and
           cunningly
           made
           ;
           But
           whilst
           wee
           were
           busie
           about
           these
           things
           ,
           we
           set
           our
           men
           Sentinell
           in
           a
           round
           ring
           ,
           all
           but
           two
           
           or
           three
           which
           digged
           vp
           the
           corne
           .
           We
           were
           in
           suspence
           ,
           what
           to
           doe
           with
           it
           ,
           and
           the
           Ketle
           ,
           and
           at
           length
           after
           much
           consultation
           ,
           we
           concluded
           to
           take
           the
           Ketle
           ,
           and
           as
           much
           of
           the
           Corne
           as
           we
           could
           carry
           away
           with
           vs
           ;
           and
           when
           our
           Shallop
           came
           ,
           if
           we
           could
           find
           any
           of
           the
           people
           ,
           and
           come
           to
           parley
           with
           them
           ,
           we
           would
           giue
           them
           the
           Ketle
           againe
           ,
           and
           satisfie
           them
           for
           their
           Corne
           ,
           so
           wee
           tooke
           all
           the
           eares
           and
           put
           a
           good
           deale
           of
           the
           loose
           Corne
           in
           the
           Ketle
           for
           two
           men
           to
           bring
           away
           on
           a
           staffe
           ;
           besides
           ,
           they
           that
           could
           put
           any
           into
           their
           Pockets
           filled
           the
           same
           ;
           the
           rest
           wee
           buried
           againe
           ,
           for
           we
           were
           so
           laden
           with
           Armour
           that
           we
           could
           carry
           no
           more
           .
           Not
           farre
           from
           this
           place
           we
           found
           the
           remainder
           of
           an
           old
           Fort
           ,
           or
           Palizado
           ,
           which
           as
           we
           conceiued
           had
           beene
           made
           by
           some
           Christians
           ,
           this
           was
           also
           hard
           by
           that
           place
           which
           we
           thought
           had
           beene
           ●
           river
           ,
           vnto
           which
           wee
           went
           and
           found
           it
           so
           to
           be
           ,
           deviding
           it selfe
           into
           two
           armes
           by
           an
           high
           banke
           ,
           standing
           right
           by
           the
           cut
           or
           mouth
           which
           came
           from
           the
           Sea
           ,
           that
           which
           was
           next
           vnto
           vs
           was
           the
           lesse
           ,
           the
           other
           arme
           was
           more
           then
           twise
           as
           big
           ,
           and
           not
           vnlike
           to
           be
           an
           harbour
           for
           ships
           ;
           but
           whether
           it
           be
           a
           fresh
           river
           ,
           or
           onely
           an
           indraught
           of
           the
           Sea
           ,
           we
           had
           no
           time
           to
           discover
           ;
           for
           wee
           had
           Commandement
           to
           be
           out
           but
           two
           dayes
           .
           Here
           also
           we
           saw
           two
           Canoas
           ,
           the
           one
           on
           the
           one
           side
           ,
           the
           other
           on
           the
           other
           side
           ,
           wee
           could
           not
           beleeue
           it
           was
           a
           Canoa
           ,
           till
           we
           came
           neare
           it
           ,
           so
           we
           returned
           leauing
           the
           further
           discovery
           hereof
           to
           our
           Shallop
           ,
           and
           came
           that
           night
           backe
           againe
           to
           the
           fresh
           water
           pond
           ,
           and
           there
           we
           made
           our
           Rande●ous
           that
           night
           ,
           making
           a
           great
           fire
           ,
           and
           a
           Baricado
           to
           windward
           of
           vs
           ,
           and
           kept
           good
           watch
           with
           three
           Sentinells
           all
           night
           ,
           euery
           one
           standing
           when
           his
           turne
           came
           ,
           while
           fiue
           or
           sixe
           inches
           of
           Match
           was
           burning
           .
           It
           proved
           a
           very
           rainie
           night
           .
           In
           the
           morning
           we
           tooke
           our
           Ketle
           and
           sunke
           it
           in
           the
           pond
           ,
           and
           trimmed
           our
           Muskets
           ,
           for
           few
           of
           them
           would
           goe
           off
           because
           of
           the
           wett
           ,
           and
           so
           coasted
           the
           wood
           againe
           to
           come
           home
           ,
           in
           which
           we
           were
           shrewdly
           pus-led
           ,
           and
           lost
           our
           way
           ,
           as
           we
           wandred
           we
           came
           to
           a
           tree
           ,
           where
           a
           yong
           Spritt
           was
           bowed
           downe
           over
           a
           bow
           ,
           and
           some
           Acornes
           strewed
           vnder
           
           neath
           ;
           
             Stephen
             Hopkins
          
           sayd
           ,
           it
           had
           beene
           to
           catch
           some
           Deere
           ,
           so
           ,
           as
           we
           were
           looking
           at
           it
           ,
           
             William
             Bradford
          
           being
           in
           the
           Reare
           ,
           when
           he
           came
           looked
           also
           vpon
           it
           ,
           and
           as
           he
           went
           about
           ,
           it
           gaue
           a
           sodaine
           jerk
           vp
           ,
           and
           he
           was
           immediately
           caught
           by
           the
           leg
           ;
           It
           was
           a
           very
           pretie
           devise
           ,
           made
           with
           a
           Rope
           of
           their
           owne
           making
           ,
           and
           having
           a
           noose
           as
           artificially
           made
           ,
           as
           any
           Roper
           in
           England
           can
           make
           ,
           and
           as
           like
           ours
           as
           can
           be
           ,
           which
           we
           brought
           away
           with
           vs.
           In
           the
           end
           wee
           got
           out
           of
           the
           Wood
           ,
           and
           were
           fallen
           about
           a
           myle
           too
           high
           aboue
           the
           creake
           ,
           where
           we
           saw
           three
           Bucks
           ,
           but
           we
           had
           rather
           haue
           had
           one
           of
           them
           .
           Wee
           also
           did
           spring
           three
           couple
           of
           Partridges
           ;
           and
           as
           we
           came
           along
           by
           the
           creake
           ,
           wee
           saw
           great
           flockes
           of
           wild
           Geese
           and
           D●ckes
           ,
           but
           they
           were
           very
           fearefull
           of
           vs.
           So
           we
           marched
           some
           while
           in
           the
           Woods
           ,
           some
           while
           on
           the
           sands
           ,
           and
           other
           while
           in
           the
           water
           vp
           to
           the
           knees
           ,
           till
           at
           length
           we
           came
           neare
           the
           Ship
           ,
           and
           then
           we
           shot
           off
           our
           Peeces
           ,
           and
           the
           long
           Boat
           came
           to
           fetch
           vs
           ;
           master
           Iones
           ,
           and
           master
           Caruer
           being
           on
           the
           shore
           ,
           with
           many
           of
           our
           people
           ,
           came
           to
           meete
           vs.
           And
           thus
           wee
           came
           both
           weary
           and
           well-come
           home
           ,
           and
           deliuered
           in
           our
           Corne
           into
           the
           store
           ,
           to
           be
           kept
           for
           seed
           ,
           for
           wee
           knew
           not
           how
           to
           come
           by
           any
           ,
           and
           therefore
           were
           very
           glad
           ,
           purposing
           so
           soone
           as
           we
           could
           meete
           with
           any
           of
           the
           Inhabitants
           of
           that
           place
           ,
           to
           make
           them
           large
           satisfaction
           .
           This
           was
           our
           first
           Discovery
           ,
           whilst
           our
           Shallop
           was
           in
           repairing
           ;
           our
           people
           did
           make
           things
           as
           fitting
           as
           they
           could
           ,
           and
           time
           would
           ,
           in
           seeking
           out
           wood
           ,
           and
           heluing
           of
           ●ooles
           ,
           and
           sawing
           of
           Tymber
           to
           build
           a
           new
           Shallop
           ,
           but
           the
           discommodiousnes
           of
           the
           harbour
           did
           much
           hinder
           vs
           for
           we
           could
           neither
           goe
           to
           ,
           nor
           come
           from
           the
           shore
           ,
           but
           at
           high
           water
           ,
           which
           was
           much
           to
           our
           hinderance
           and
           hurt
           ,
           for
           oftentimes
           they
           waded
           to
           the
           midle
           of
           the
           thigh
           ,
           and
           oft
           to
           the
           knees
           ,
           to
           goe
           and
           come
           from
           land
           ;
           some
           did
           it
           necessarily
           ,
           and
           some
           for
           their
           owne
           pleasure
           ,
           but
           it
           brought
           to
           the
           most
           ,
           if
           not
           to
           all
           ,
           coughes
           and
           colds
           ,
           the
           weather
           prouing
           sodainly
           cold
           and
           stormie
           which
           afterward
           turned
           to
           the
           scurvey
           ,
           whereof
           many
           dyed
           .
        
         
         
           When
           our
           Shallop
           was
           fit
           indeed
           ,
           before
           she
           was
           fully
           fitted
           ,
           for
           there
           was
           two
           dayes
           worke
           after
           bestowed
           on
           her
           ,
           there
           was
           appointed
           some
           24
           men
           of
           our
           owne
           ,
           and
           armed
           ,
           then
           to
           goe
           and
           make
           a
           more
           full
           discovery
           of
           the
           rivers
           before
           mentioned
           .
           Master
           Iones
           was
           desirous
           to
           goe
           with
           vs
           ,
           and
           tooke
           such
           of
           his
           saylers
           as
           he
           thought
           vsefull
           for
           vs
           ,
           so
           as
           we
           were
           in
           all
           about
           34.
           men
           ;
           wee
           made
           master
           Iones
           our
           Leader
           ,
           for
           we
           thought
           it
           best
           herein
           to
           gratifie
           his
           kindnes
           and
           forwardnes
           .
           When
           we
           were
           set
           forth
           ,
           it
           proued
           rough
           weather
           and
           crosse
           windes
           ,
           so
           as
           we
           were
           constrained
           ,
           some
           in
           the
           Shallop
           ,
           and
           others
           in
           the
           long
           Boate
           ,
           to
           row
           to
           the
           neerest
           shore
           the
           wind
           would
           suffer
           them
           to
           goe
           vnto
           ,
           and
           then
           to
           wade
           out
           aboue
           the
           knees
           ;
           the
           wind
           was
           so
           strong
           as
           the
           Shallop
           could
           not
           keepe
           the
           water
           ,
           but
           was
           forced
           to
           harbour
           there
           that
           night
           ,
           but
           we
           marched
           sixe
           or
           seaven
           miles
           further
           ,
           and
           appointed
           the
           Shallop
           to
           come
           to
           vs
           as
           soone
           as
           they
           could
           .
           It
           blowed
           and
           did
           snow
           all
           that
           day
           &
           night
           ,
           and
           frose
           withall
           ;
           some
           of
           our
           people
           that
           are
           dead
           tooke
           the
           originall
           of
           their
           death
           here
           .
           The
           next
           day
           about
           11.
           a
           clocke
           our
           Shallop
           came
           to
           vs
           ,
           and
           wee
           shipped
           our selues
           ,
           and
           the
           wind
           being
           good
           ,
           we
           sayled
           to
           the
           river
           we
           formerly
           discovered
           ,
           which
           we
           named
           ,
           
             Cold
             Harbour
          
           ,
           to
           which
           when
           wee
           came
           we
           found
           it
           not
           Navigable
           for
           Ships
           ,
           yet
           we
           thought
           it
           might
           be
           a
           good
           harbour
           for
           Boats
           ,
           for
           it
           flowes
           there
           1●
           .
           foote
           at
           high
           water
           .
           We
           landed
           our
           men
           betweene
           the
           two
           creekes
           ,
           and
           marched
           some
           foure
           or
           fiue
           myles
           by
           the
           greater
           of
           them
           ,
           and
           the
           Shallop
           followed
           vs
           ;
           at
           length
           night
           grew
           on
           ,
           and
           our
           men
           were
           tired
           with
           marching
           vp
           and
           downe
           the
           steepe
           hills
           ,
           and
           deepe
           vallies
           ,
           which
           lay
           halfe
           a
           foot
           thicke
           with
           snow
           :
           Master
           Iones
           vvearied
           with
           marching
           ,
           was
           desirous
           we
           should
           take
           vp
           our
           lodging
           ,
           though
           some
           of
           vs
           would
           haue
           marched
           further
           ,
           so
           we
           made
           there
           our
           Randevous
           for
           that
           night
           ,
           vnder
           a
           few
           Pine
           trees
           ,
           and
           as
           it
           fell
           out
           ,
           wee
           got
           three
           fat
           Geese
           ,
           and
           six
           Ducks
           to
           our
           Supper
           ,
           which
           we
           eate
           with
           Souldiers
           stomacks
           ,
           for
           we
           had
           eaten
           little
           all
           that
           day
           ;
           our
           resolution
           was
           next
           morning
           to
           goe
           vp
           to
           the
           head
           of
           this
           river
           ,
           for
           we
           supposed
           it
           would
           proue
           fresh
           water
           ,
           but
           in
           
           the
           morning
           our
           resolution
           held
           not
           ,
           because
           many
           liked
           not
           the
           hillinesse
           of
           the
           soyle
           ,
           and
           badnesse
           of
           the
           harbour
           ,
           so
           we
           turned
           towards
           the
           other
           creeke
           ,
           that
           wee
           might
           goe
           over
           and
           looke
           for
           the
           rest
           of
           the
           Corne
           that
           we
           left
           behind
           when
           we
           were
           here
           before
           ;
           when
           we
           came
           to
           the
           creeke
           ,
           we
           saw
           the
           Canow
           lie
           on
           the
           dry
           ground
           ,
           and
           a
           flocke
           of
           Geese
           in
           the
           river
           ,
           at
           which
           one
           made
           a
           shot
           ,
           and
           killed
           a
           couple
           of
           them
           ,
           and
           we
           lanched
           the
           Canow
           &
           fetcht
           them
           and
           when
           we
           had
           done
           ,
           she
           carryed
           vs
           over
           by
           seaven
           or
           eight
           at
           once
           .
           This
           done
           ,
           we
           marched
           to
           the
           place
           where
           we
           had
           the
           corne
           formerly
           ,
           which
           place
           we
           called
           Corne-hill
           ;
           and
           digged
           and
           found
           the
           rest
           ,
           of
           which
           we
           were
           very
           glad
           :
           we
           also
           digged
           in
           a
           place
           little
           further
           off
           ,
           and
           found
           a
           Botle
           of
           oyle
           ;
           wee
           went
           to
           another
           place
           ,
           which
           we
           had
           seene
           before
           ,
           and
           digged
           ,
           and
           found
           more
           corne
           ,
           viz.
           two
           or
           three
           Baskets
           full
           of
           Indian
           Wheat
           ,
           and
           a
           bag
           of
           Beanes
           ,
           with
           a
           good
           man
           ,
           of
           faire
           Wheat-eares
           ;
           whilst
           some
           of
           vs
           were
           digging
           vp
           this
           ,
           some
           others
           found
           another
           heape
           of
           Corne
           ,
           which
           they
           digged
           vp
           also
           ,
           so
           as
           we
           had
           in
           all
           about
           ten
           Bushels
           ,
           which
           will
           serve
           vs
           sufficiently
           for
           seed
           .
           
           And
           sure
           it
           was
           Gods
           good
           providence
           that
           we
           found
           this
           Corne
           ,
           for
           els
           wee
           know
           not
           how
           we
           should
           haue
           done
           ,
           for
           we
           knew
           not
           how
           we
           should
           find
           ,
           or
           meete
           with
           any
           of
           the
           Indians
           ,
           except
           it
           be
           to
           doe
           vs
           a
           mischiefe
           .
           Also
           we
           had
           neuer
           in
           all
           likelihood
           seene
           a
           graine
           of
           it
           ,
           if
           we
           had
           not
           made
           our
           first
           Iourney
           ;
           for
           the
           ground
           was
           now
           covered
           with
           snow
           ,
           and
           so
           hard
           frosen
           ,
           that
           we
           were
           faine
           with
           our
           Curtlaxes
           and
           short
           Swords
           ,
           to
           hew
           and
           carue
           the
           ground
           a
           foot
           deepe
           ,
           and
           then
           wrest
           it
           vp
           with
           leavers
           ,
           for
           we
           had
           forgot
           to
           bring
           other
           Tooles
           ;
           whilst
           we
           were
           in
           this
           imployment
           ,
           foule
           weather
           being
           towards
           ,
           Master
           Iones
           was
           earnest
           to
           goe
           abourd
           ,
           but
           sundry
           of
           vs
           desired
           to
           make
           further
           discovery
           ,
           and
           to
           find
           out
           the
           Indians
           habitations
           ,
           so
           we
           sent
           home
           with
           him
           our
           weakest
           people
           ,
           and
           some
           that
           were
           sicke
           ,
           and
           all
           the
           Corne
           ,
           and
           18.
           of
           vs
           stayed
           still
           ,
           and
           lodged
           there
           that
           night
           ,
           and
           desired
           that
           the
           Shallop
           might
           returne
           to
           vs
           next
           day
           ,
           and
           bring
           vs
           some
           Mattocks
           and
           Spades
           with
           them
           .
        
         
         
           The
           next
           morning
           we
           followed
           certaine
           beaten
           pathes
           and
           tracts
           of
           the
           Indians
           into
           the
           Woods
           ,
           supposing
           they
           would
           haue
           led
           vs
           into
           some
           Towne
           ,
           or
           houses
           ;
           after
           wee
           had
           gone
           a
           while
           ,
           we
           light
           vpon
           a
           very
           broad
           beaten
           path
           ,
           well
           nigh
           two
           foote
           broad
           then
           we
           lighted
           all
           our
           Matches
           ,
           and
           prepared
           our selues
           ,
           concluding
           wee
           were
           neare
           their
           dwellings
           ,
           but
           in
           the
           end
           we
           found
           it
           to
           be
           onely
           a
           path
           made
           to
           driue
           Deere
           in
           ,
           when
           the
           Indians
           hunt
           ,
           as
           wee
           supposed
           ;
           when
           we
           had
           ma●ched
           fiue
           or
           six
           myles
           into
           the
           Woods
           ,
           and
           could
           find
           no
           signes
           of
           any
           people
           ,
           we
           returned
           againe
           another
           way
           ,
           and
           as
           we
           came
           into
           the
           plaine
           ground
           ,
           wee
           found
           a
           place
           like
           a
           graue
           ,
           but
           it
           was
           much
           bigger
           and
           longer
           then
           any
           we
           had
           yet
           seene
           .
           It
           was
           also
           covered
           with
           boords
           ,
           so
           as
           we
           mused
           what
           it
           should
           be
           ,
           and
           resolved
           to
           digge
           it
           vp
           ,
           where
           we
           found
           ,
           first
           a
           Matt
           ,
           and
           vnder
           that
           a
           fayre
           Bow
           ,
           and
           there
           another
           Matt
           ,
           and
           vnder
           that
           a
           boord
           about
           three
           quarters
           long
           ,
           finely
           carued
           and
           paynted
           ,
           with
           three
           tynes
           ,
           or
           broches
           on
           the
           top
           ,
           like
           a
           Crowne
           ;
           also
           betweene
           the
           Matts
           we
           found
           Boules
           ,
           Trayes
           ,
           Dishes
           ,
           and
           such
           like
           Trinkets
           ;
           at
           length
           we
           came
           to
           a
           faire
           new
           Matt
           ,
           and
           vnder
           that
           two
           Bundles
           ,
           the
           one
           bigger
           ,
           the
           other
           lesse
           ,
           we
           opened
           the
           greater
           and
           found
           in
           it
           a
           great
           quantitie
           of
           fine
           and
           perfect
           red
           Powder
           ,
           and
           in
           it
           the
           bones
           and
           skull
           of
           a
           man.
           The
           skull
           had
           fine
           yellow
           haire
           still
           on
           it
           ,
           and
           some
           of
           the
           flesh
           vnconsumed
           ;
           there
           was
           bound
           vp
           with
           it
           a
           knife
           ,
           a
           pack-needle
           ,
           and
           two
           or
           three
           old
           iron
           things
           .
           It
           was
           bound
           vp
           in
           a
           Saylers
           canvas
           Casacke
           ,
           and
           a
           payre
           of
           cloth
           breeches
           ;
           the
           red
           Powder
           was
           a
           kind
           of
           Embaulment
           ,
           and
           yeelded
           a
           strong
           ,
           but
           no
           offensiue
           smell
           ;
           It
           was
           as
           fine
           as
           any
           flower
           .
           We
           opened
           the
           lesse
           bundle
           likewise
           ,
           and
           found
           of
           the
           same
           Powder
           in
           it
           ,
           and
           the
           bones
           and
           head
           of
           a
           little
           childe
           ,
           about
           the
           leggs
           ,
           and
           other
           parts
           of
           it
           was
           bound
           strings
           ,
           and
           bracelets
           of
           fine
           white
           Beads
           ;
           there
           was
           also
           by
           it
           a
           little
           Bow
           ,
           about
           three
           quarters
           long
           ,
           and
           some
           other
           odd
           knackes
           ;
           we
           brought
           sundry
           of
           the
           pretiest
           things
           away
           with
           vs
           ,
           and
           covered
           the
           Corps
           vp
           againe
           .
           After
           this
           ,
           we
           digged
           in
           sundry
           like
           places
           ,
           but
           found
           no
           more
           Corne
           ,
           nor
           any
           things
           els
           but
           
           graues
           :
           There
           was
           varietie
           of
           opinions
           amongst
           vs
           about
           the
           embalmed
           person
           ;
           some
           thought
           it
           was
           an
           Indian
           Lord
           and
           King
           :
           others
           sayd
           ,
           the
           Indians
           haue
           all
           blacke
           hayre
           ,
           and
           never
           any
           was
           seene
           with
           browne
           or
           yellow
           hayre
           ;
           some
           thought
           ,
           it
           was
           a
           Christian
           of
           some
           speciall
           note
           ,
           which
           had
           dyed
           amongst
           them
           ,
           and
           they
           thus
           buried
           him
           to
           honour
           him
           ;
           others
           thought
           ,
           they
           had
           killed
           him
           ,
           and
           did
           it
           in
           triumph
           over
           him
           .
           Whilest
           we
           were
           thus
           ranging
           and
           searching
           ,
           two
           of
           the
           Saylers
           ,
           which
           were
           newly
           come
           on
           the
           shore
           ,
           by
           chance
           espied
           two
           houses
           ,
           which
           had
           beene
           lately
           dwelt
           in
           ,
           but
           the
           people
           were
           gone
           .
           They
           having
           their
           peeces
           ,
           and
           hearing
           no
           body
           entred
           the
           houses
           ,
           and
           tooke
           out
           some
           things
           ,
           and
           du●st
           not
           stay
           but
           came
           againe
           and
           told
           vs
           ;
           so
           some
           seaven
           or
           eight
           of
           vs
           went
           with
           them
           ,
           and
           found
           how
           we
           had
           gone
           within
           a
           slight
           shot
           of
           them
           before
           .
           The
           houses
           were
           made
           with
           long
           yong
           Sapling
           trees
           ,
           bended
           and
           both
           ends
           stucke
           into
           the
           ground
           ;
           they
           were
           made
           round
           ,
           like
           vnto
           an
           Arbour
           ,
           and
           covered
           downe
           to
           the
           ground
           with
           thicke
           and
           well
           wrought
           matts
           ,
           and
           the
           doore
           was
           not
           over
           a
           yard
           high
           ,
           made
           of
           a
           matt
           to
           open
           ;
           the
           chimney
           was
           a
           wide
           open
           hole
           in
           the
           top
           ,
           for
           which
           they
           had
           a
           matt
           to
           cover
           it
           close
           when
           they
           pleased
           ;
           one
           might
           stand
           and
           goe
           vpright
           in
           them
           ,
           in
           the
           midst
           of
           them
           were
           foure
           little
           trunches
           knockt
           into
           the
           ground
           ,
           and
           small
           stickes
           laid
           over
           ,
           on
           which
           they
           hung
           their
           Pots
           ,
           and
           what
           they
           had
           to
           seeth
           ;
           round
           about
           the
           fire
           they
           lay
           on
           matts
           ,
           which
           are
           their
           beds
           .
           The
           houses
           were
           double
           matted
           ,
           for
           as
           they
           were
           matted
           without
           ,
           so
           were
           they
           within
           ,
           with
           newer
           &
           fairer
           matts
           .
           In
           the
           houses
           we
           found
           wooden
           Boules
           ,
           Trayes
           &
           Dishes
           ,
           Earthen
           Pots
           ,
           Hand
           baskets
           made
           of
           Crab
           shells
           ,
           wrought
           together
           ;
           also
           an
           English
           Paile
           or
           Bucket
           ,
           it
           wanted
           a
           bayle
           ,
           but
           it
           had
           two
           Iron
           eares
           :
           there
           was
           also
           Baskets
           of
           sundry
           sorts
           ,
           bi●ger
           and
           some
           lesser
           ,
           finer
           and
           some
           courser
           :
           some
           were
           curiously
           wrought
           with
           blacke
           and
           white
           in
           pretie
           workes
           ,
           and
           sundry
           other
           of
           their
           houshold
           stuffe
           :
           we
           found
           also
           two
           or
           three
           Deeres
           heads
           ,
           one
           whereof
           had
           bin
           newly
           killed
           ,
           for
           it
           was
           still
           fresh
           ;
           there
           was
           also
           a
           company
           of
           
           Deeres
           feete
           ,
           stuck
           vp
           in
           the
           houses
           ,
           Harts
           hornes
           ,
           and
           Eagles
           clawes
           ,
           and
           sundry
           such
           like
           things
           there
           was
           :
           also
           two
           or
           three
           Baskets
           full
           of
           pa●ched
           Acornes
           ,
           peeces
           of
           fish
           ,
           and
           a
           peece
           of
           a
           broyled
           Hering
           .
           We
           found
           also
           a
           little
           silke
           grasse
           ,
           and
           a
           little
           Tobacco
           seed
           ,
           with
           some
           other
           seeds
           which
           wee
           knew
           not
           ;
           without
           was
           sundry
           bundles
           of
           Flags
           ,
           and
           Sedge
           ,
           B●ll
           rushes
           ,
           and
           other
           stuffe
           to
           make
           matts
           ;
           there
           was
           thrust
           into
           an
           hollow
           tree
           ,
           two
           or
           three
           peeces
           of
           Venison
           ,
           but
           we
           thought
           it
           fitter
           for
           the
           Dogs
           then
           for
           vs
           :
           some
           of
           the
           best
           things
           we
           tooke
           away
           with
           vs
           ,
           and
           left
           the
           houses
           standing
           still
           as
           they
           were
           ,
           so
           it
           growing
           towards
           night
           ,
           and
           the
           tyde
           almost
           spent
           ,
           we
           hasted
           with
           our
           things
           downe
           to
           the
           Shallop
           ,
           and
           got
           abourd
           that
           night
           ,
           intending
           to
           haue
           brought
           some
           Beades
           ,
           and
           other
           things
           to
           haue
           left
           in
           the
           houses
           ,
           in
           signe
           of
           Peace
           ,
           and
           that
           we
           meant
           to
           truk
           with
           them
           ,
           but
           it
           was
           not
           done
           ,
           by
           meanes
           of
           our
           hastie
           comming
           away
           from
           Cape
           Cod
           ,
           but
           so
           soone
           as
           we
           can
           meete
           conveniently
           with
           them
           ,
           we
           will
           giue
           them
           full
           satisfaction
           .
           Thus
           much
           of
           our
           second
           Discovery
           .
        
         
           Having
           thus
           discovered
           this
           place
           ,
           it
           was
           controversall
           amongst
           vs
           ,
           what
           to
           doe
           touching
           our
           aboad
           and
           setling
           there
           ;
           some
           thought
           it
           best
           for
           many
           reasons
           to
           abide
           there
           .
        
         
           As
           first
           ,
           that
           there
           was
           a
           convenient
           harbour
           for
           Boates
           ,
           though
           not
           for
           Ships
           .
        
         
           Secondly
           ,
           Good
           Corne
           ground
           readie
           to
           our
           hands
           ,
           as
           we
           saw
           by
           experience
           in
           the
           goodly
           corne
           it
           yeelded
           ,
           which
           would
           againe
           agree
           with
           the
           ground
           ,
           and
           be
           naturall
           seed
           for
           the
           same
           .
        
         
           Thirdly
           ,
           Cape
           Cod
           was
           like
           to
           be
           a
           place
           of
           good
           fishing
           ,
           for
           we
           saw
           daily
           great
           Whales
           of
           the
           best
           kind
           for
           oyle
           and
           bone
           ,
           come
           close
           aboord
           our
           Ship
           ,
           and
           in
           fayre
           weather
           swim
           and
           play
           about
           vs
           ;
           there
           was
           once
           one
           when
           the
           Sun
           shone
           warme
           ,
           c●me
           and
           lay
           aboue
           water
           ,
           as
           if
           she
           had
           beene
           dead
           ,
           for
           a
           good
           while
           together
           ,
           within
           halfe
           a
           Mu●ket
           shot
           of
           the
           Ship
           ,
           at
           which
           two
           were
           prepared
           to
           shoote
           ,
           to
           see
           whether
           she
           would
           s●ir
           or
           no
           ,
           he
           that
           gaue
           fire
           first
           ,
           his
           Mu●ket
           flew
           in
           peeces
           ,
           both
           stocke
           and
           barrell
           ,
           yet
           thankes
           be
           to
           
           God
           ,
           neither
           he
           nor
           any
           man
           els
           was
           hurt
           with
           it
           ,
           though
           many
           were
           there
           about
           ,
           but
           when
           the
           Whale
           saw
           her
           time
           she
           gaue
           a
           snuffe
           and
           away
           .
        
         
           Fourthly
           ,
           the
           place
           was
           likely
           to
           be
           healthfull
           ,
           secure
           ,
           and
           de●ensible
           .
        
         
           But
           the
           last
           and
           especiall
           reason
           was
           ,
           that
           now
           the
           heart
           of
           Wint●r
           and
           vnseasonable
           weather
           was
           come
           vpon
           vs
           ,
           so
           that
           we
           could
           not
           goe
           vpon
           coasting
           and
           discovery
           ,
           without
           danger
           of
           loosing
           men
           and
           Boat
           ,
           vpon
           which
           would
           follow
           the
           overthrow
           of
           all
           ,
           especially
           considering
           what
           variable
           windes
           and
           sodaine
           stormes
           doe
           there
           arise
           .
           Also
           cold
           and
           wett
           lodging
           had
           so
           taynted
           our
           people
           ,
           for
           scarce
           any
           of
           vs
           were
           free
           from
           vehement
           coughs
           ,
           as
           if
           they
           should
           continue
           long
           in
           that
           estate
           ,
           it
           would
           indanger
           the
           liues
           of
           many
           ,
           and
           breed
           diseases
           and
           infection
           amongst
           vs.
           Againe
           ,
           we
           had
           yet
           some
           Beere
           ,
           Butter
           ,
           Flesh
           ,
           and
           other
           such
           victuals
           left
           ,
           which
           would
           quickly
           be
           all
           gone
           ,
           and
           then
           we
           should
           haue
           nothing
           to
           comfort
           vs
           in
           the
           great
           labour
           and
           toyle
           we
           were
           like
           to
           vnder-goe
           at
           the
           first
           ;
           It
           was
           also
           conceived
           ,
           whilst
           we
           had
           competent
           victuals
           ,
           that
           the
           Ship
           would
           stay
           with
           vs
           ,
           but
           when
           that
           grew
           low
           ,
           they
           would
           be
           gone
           ,
           and
           let
           vs
           shift
           as
           we
           could
           .
        
         
           Others
           againe
           ,
           vrged
           greatly
           the
           going
           to
           Anguum
           or
           Angoum
           ,
           a
           place
           twentie
           leagues
           off
           to
           the
           North-wards
           ,
           which
           they
           had
           heard
           to
           be
           an
           excellent
           harbour
           for
           ships
           ;
           better
           ground
           and
           better
           fishing
           .
           Secondly
           for
           any
           thing
           we
           knew
           ,
           there
           might
           be
           hard
           by
           vs
           a
           farre
           better
           seate
           ,
           and
           it
           should
           be
           a
           great
           hindrance
           to
           seate
           where
           wee
           should
           remoue
           againe
           .
           Thirdly
           ,
           The
           water
           was
           but
           in
           ponds
           ,
           and
           it
           was
           thought
           there
           would
           be
           none
           in
           Summer
           ,
           or
           very
           little
           .
           Fourthly
           ,
           the
           water
           there
           must
           be
           fetched
           vp
           a
           steepe
           hill
           :
           but
           to
           omit
           many
           reasons
           and
           replies
           vsed
           heere
           abouts
           ;
           It
           was
           in
           the
           ende
           concluded
           ,
           to
           make
           some
           discovery
           within
           the
           Bay
           ,
           but
           in
           no
           case
           so
           farre
           as
           Angoum
           :
           besides
           ,
           
             Robert
             Coppin
          
           our
           Pilot
           ,
           made
           relation
           of
           a
           great
           Navigable
           River
           and
           good
           harbour
           in
           the
           other
           head
           land
           of
           this
           Bay
           ,
           almost
           right
           over
           against
           
             Cape
             Cod
          
           ,
           being
           a
           right
           
           line
           ,
           not
           much
           aboue
           eight
           leagues
           distant
           ,
           in
           which
           hee
           had
           beene
           once
           :
           and
           because
           that
           one
           of
           the
           wild
           men
           with
           whom
           they
           had
           some
           trucking
           ,
           stole
           a
           harping
           Iron
           from
           them
           ,
           they
           called
           it
           theeuish
           harbour
           .
           And
           beyond
           that
           place
           they
           were
           enioyned
           not
           to
           goe
           ,
           whereupon
           ,
           a
           Company
           was
           chosen
           to
           goe
           out
           vppon
           a
           third
           discovery
           :
           whilest
           some
           were
           imployed
           in
           this
           discovery
           ,
           it
           pleased
           God
           that
           Mistris
           White
           was
           brought
           a
           bed
           of
           a
           Sonne
           ,
           which
           was
           called
           Peregrine
           .
        
         
           The
           fift
           day
           ,
           we
           through
           Gods
           mercy
           escaped
           a
           great
           danger
           by
           the
           foolishnes
           of
           a
           Boy
           ,
           one
           of
           
             Francis
             Billingtons
          
           Sonnes
           ,
           who
           in
           his
           Fathers
           absence
           ,
           had
           got
           Gun-powder
           ,
           and
           had
           shot
           of
           a
           peice
           or
           two
           ,
           and
           made
           squibs
           ,
           and
           there
           being
           a
           fowling
           peice
           charged
           in
           his
           fathers
           Cabbin
           ,
           shot
           her
           off
           in
           the
           Cabbin
           ,
           there
           being
           a
           little
           barrell
           of
           powder
           halfe
           full
           ,
           scattered
           in
           and
           about
           the
           Cabbin
           ,
           the
           fire
           being
           within
           foure
           foote
           of
           the
           bed
           betweene
           the
           Deckes
           ,
           and
           many
           s●ints
           and
           Iron
           things
           about
           the
           Cabbin
           ,
           and
           many
           people
           about
           the
           fire
           ,
           and
           yet
           by
           Gods
           mercy
           no
           harme
           done
           .
        
         
           Wednesday
           the
           sixt
           of
           December
           ,
           it
           was
           resolved
           our
           discoverers
           should
           set
           forth
           ,
           for
           the
           day
           before
           was
           too
           fowle
           weather
           ,
           and
           so
           they
           did
           ,
           though
           it
           was
           well
           ore
           the
           day
           ere
           all
           things
           could
           be
           readie
           :
           So
           ten
           of
           our
           men
           were
           appointed
           who
           were
           of
           themselues
           willing
           to
           vndertake
           it
           ,
           to
           wit
           ,
           Captaine
           Standish
           ,
           Maister
           
             Carver
             ,
             William
             Bradford
             ,
             Edward
             Winsloe
             ,
             Iohn
             Tilley
             ,
             Edward
             Tilley
             ,
             Iohn
             Houland
             ,
          
           and
           three
           of
           London
           ,
           
             Richard
             Warren
             ,
             Steeuen
             Hopkins
          
           and
           
             Edward
             Dotte
          
           ,
           and
           two
           of
           our
           Sea-men
           ,
           
             Iohn
             Alderton
          
           and
           
             Thomas
             English
          
           ,
           of
           the
           Ships
           Company
           there
           went
           two
           of
           the
           Masters
           Mates
           ,
           Master
           Clarke
           and
           Master
           Copin
           ,
           the
           Master
           Gunner
           ,
           and
           three
           Saylers
           .
           The
           narration
           of
           which
           Discovery
           ,
           followes
           ,
           penned
           by
           one
           of
           the
           Company
           .
        
         
           Wednesday
           the
           sixt
           of
           December
           wee
           set
           out
           ,
           being
           very
           cold
           and
           hard
           weather
           ,
           wee
           were
           a
           long
           while
           after
           we
           lunched
           from
           the
           ship
           ,
           before
           we
           could
           get
           cleare
           of
           a
           sandie
           poynt
           ,
           which
           lay
           within
           lesse
           then
           a
           fu●long
           of
           the
           same
           .
           In
           which
           time
           ,
           two
           were
           very
           sicke
           ,
           and
           
             Edward
             Tilley
          
           had
           like
           
           to
           haue
           founded
           with
           cold
           ;
           the
           Gunner
           was
           also
           sicke
           vnto
           Death
           ,
           (
           but
           hope
           of
           truking
           made
           him
           to
           goe
           )
           and
           so
           remained
           all
           that
           day
           ,
           and
           the
           next
           night
           ;
           at
           length
           we
           got
           cleare
           of
           the
           sandy
           poynt
           ,
           and
           got
           vp
           our
           sayles
           ,
           and
           within
           an
           houre
           or
           two
           we
           got
           vnder
           the
           weather
           shore
           ,
           and
           then
           had
           smoother
           water
           and
           better
           sayling
           ,
           but
           it
           was
           very
           cold
           ,
           for
           the
           water
           frose
           on
           our
           clothes
           ,
           and
           made
           them
           many
           times
           like
           coats
           of
           Iron
           :
           wee
           sayled
           sixe
           or
           seaven
           leagues
           by
           the
           shore
           ,
           but
           saw
           neither
           river
           nor
           creeke
           ,
           at
           length
           wee
           me●t
           with
           a
           tongue
           of
           Land
           ,
           being
           flat
           off
           from
           the
           shore
           ,
           with
           a
           sandy
           poynt
           ,
           we
           bore
           vp
           to
           gaine
           the
           poynt
           ,
           &
           found
           there
           a
           fayre
           income
           or
           rode
           ,
           of
           a
           Bay
           ,
           being
           a
           league
           over
           at
           the
           narrowest
           ,
           and
           some
           two
           or
           three
           in
           length
           ,
           but
           wee
           made
           right
           over
           to
           the
           land
           before
           vs
           and
           left
           the
           discovery
           of
           this
           Income
           till
           the
           next
           day
           :
           as
           we
           drew
           neare
           to
           the
           shore
           ,
           wee
           espied
           some
           ten
           or
           twelue
           Indians
           ,
           very
           busie
           about
           a
           blacke
           thing
           ,
           what
           it
           was
           we
           could
           not
           tell
           ,
           till
           afterwards
           they
           saw
           vs
           ,
           and
           ran
           to
           and
           fro
           ,
           as
           if
           they
           had
           beene
           carrying
           some
           thing
           away
           ,
           wee
           landed
           a
           league
           or
           two
           from
           them
           ,
           and
           had
           much
           adoe
           to
           put
           a
           shore
           any
           where
           ,
           it
           lay
           so
           full
           of
           flat
           sands
           ,
           when
           we
           came
           to
           shore
           ,
           we
           made
           vs
           a
           Baricado
           ,
           and
           got
           fire
           wood
           ,
           and
           set
           out
           our
           Sentinells
           ,
           and
           betooke
           vs
           to
           our
           lodging
           ,
           such
           as
           it
           was
           ;
           we
           saw
           the
           smoke
           of
           the
           fire
           which
           the
           Savages
           made
           that
           night
           ,
           about
           foure
           or
           fiue
           myles
           from
           vs
           ,
           in
           the
           morning
           we
           devided
           our
           company
           ,
           some
           eight
           in
           the
           Shallop
           ,
           and
           the
           rest
           on
           the
           shore
           went
           to
           discouer
           this
           place
           ,
           but
           we
           found
           it
           onely
           to
           be
           a
           Bay
           ,
           without
           either
           river
           or
           creeke
           comming
           into
           it
           ,
           yet
           we
           deemed
           it
           to
           be
           as
           good
           an
           harbour
           as
           Cape
           Cod
           ,
           for
           they
           that
           ●ounded
           it
           ,
           found
           a
           ship
           might
           ride
           in
           fiue
           fathom
           water
           ,
           wee
           on
           the
           land
           found
           it
           to
           be
           a
           levill
           soyle
           ,
           but
           none
           of
           the
           fruitfullest
           5
           wee
           saw
           two
           beckes
           of
           fresh
           water
           ,
           which
           were
           the
           first
           running
           streames
           that
           we
           saw
           in
           the
           Country
           ,
           but
           one
           might
           stride
           over
           them
           :
           we
           found
           also
           a
           great
           fish
           ,
           called
           a
           Grampus
           dead
           on
           the
           sands
           ,
           they
           in
           the
           Shallop
           found
           two
           of
           them
           also
           in
           the
           bottome
           of
           the
           bay
           ,
           dead
           in
           like
           sort
           ,
           they
           were
           cast
           vp
           at
           high
           water
           ,
           and
           could
           not
           get
           off
           for
           the
           frost
           and
           ice
           ;
           they
           were
           some
           
           fiue
           or
           sixe
           paces
           long
           ,
           and
           about
           two
           inches
           thicke
           of
           fat
           ,
           and
           fleshed
           like
           a
           Swine
           ,
           they
           would
           haue
           yeelded
           a
           great
           deale
           of
           oyle
           ,
           if
           there
           had
           beene
           time
           and
           meanes
           to
           haue
           taken
           it
           ,
           so
           we
           finding
           nothing
           for
           our
           turne
           ,
           both
           we
           and
           our
           Shallop
           returned
           .
           We
           then
           directed
           our
           course
           along
           the
           Sea-sands
           ,
           to
           the
           place
           where
           we
           first
           saw
           the
           Indians
           ,
           when
           we
           were
           there
           ,
           we
           saw
           it
           was
           also
           a
           Grampus
           which
           they
           were
           cutting
           vp
           ,
           they
           cut
           it
           into
           long
           rands
           or
           peeces
           ,
           about
           an
           ell
           long
           ,
           and
           two
           handfull
           broad
           ,
           wee
           found
           here
           and
           there
           a
           peece
           scattered
           by
           the
           way
           ,
           as
           it
           seemed
           ,
           for
           hast
           :
           this
           place
           the
           most
           were
           minded
           we
           should
           call
           ,
           the
           
             Grampus
             Bay
          
           ,
           because
           we
           found
           so
           many
           of
           them
           there
           :
           wee
           followed
           the
           tract
           of
           the
           Indians
           bare
           feete
           a
           good
           way
           on
           the
           sands
           ,
           as
           length
           we
           saw
           where
           they
           strucke
           into
           the
           Woods
           by
           the
           side
           of
           a
           Pond
           ,
           as
           wee
           went
           to
           view
           the
           place
           ,
           one
           sayd
           ,
           hee
           thought
           hee
           saw
           an
           Indian-house
           among
           the
           trees
           ,
           so
           went
           vp
           to
           see
           :
           and
           here
           we
           and
           the
           Shallop
           lost
           sight
           one
           of
           another
           till
           night
           ,
           it
           being
           now
           about
           nine
           or
           ten
           a
           clocke
           ,
           so
           we
           light
           on
           a
           path
           ,
           but
           saw
           no
           house
           ,
           and
           followed
           a
           great
           way
           into
           the
           woods
           ,
           at
           length
           wee
           found
           where
           Corne
           had
           beene
           set
           ,
           but
           not
           that
           yeare
           ,
           anone
           we
           found
           a
           great
           burying
           place
           ,
           one
           part
           whereof
           was
           incompassed
           with
           a
           large
           Palazado
           ,
           like
           a
           Church-yard
           ,
           with
           yong
           spires
           foure
           or
           fiue
           yards
           long
           ,
           set
           as
           close
           one
           by
           another
           as
           they
           could
           two
           o●
           three
           foot
           in
           the
           ground
           ,
           within
           it
           was
           full
           of
           Graues
           ,
           some
           bigger
           ,
           and
           some
           lesse
           ,
           some
           were
           also
           paled
           about
           &
           others
           had
           like
           an
           Indian-house
           made
           over
           them
           ,
           but
           not
           matted
           those
           Graues
           were
           more
           sumptuous
           then
           those
           at
           Corne-hill
           ,
           yet
           we
           digged
           none
           of
           them
           vp
           ,
           but
           onely
           viewed
           them
           ,
           and
           went
           our
           way
           ;
           without
           the
           Palazado
           were
           graues
           also
           ,
           but
           not
           so
           costly
           :
           from
           this
           place
           we
           went
           and
           found
           more
           Corne
           ground
           ,
           but
           not
           of
           this
           yeare
           .
           As
           we
           ranged
           we
           light
           on
           foure
           or
           fiue
           Indian-houses
           ,
           which
           had
           beene
           lately
           dwelt
           in
           ,
           but
           they
           were
           vncovered
           ,
           and
           had
           no
           matts
           about
           them
           ,
           els
           they
           were
           like
           those
           we
           found
           at
           Corne-hill
           ,
           but
           had
           not
           beene
           so
           lately
           dwelt
           in
           ,
           there
           was
           nothing
           left
           but
           two
           or
           three
           peeces
           of
           old
           matts
           ,
           a
           little
           sedge
           ,
           also
           a
           little
           further
           we
           
           found
           two
           Baskets
           full
           of
           parched
           Acorns
           hid
           in
           the
           ground
           ,
           which
           we
           supposed
           had
           beene
           Corne
           when
           we
           beganne
           to
           dig
           the
           same
           ,
           we
           cast
           earth
           thereon
           againe
           &
           went
           our
           way
           .
           All
           this
           while
           we
           saw
           no
           people
           ,
           wee
           went
           ranging
           vp
           and
           downe
           till
           the
           Sunne
           began
           to
           draw
           low
           ,
           and
           then
           we
           hasted
           out
           of
           the
           woods
           ,
           that
           we
           might
           come
           to
           our
           Shallop
           ,
           which
           when
           we
           were
           out
           of
           the
           woods
           ,
           we
           espied
           a
           great
           way
           off
           ,
           and
           call'd
           them
           to
           come
           vnto
           vs
           ,
           the
           which
           they
           did
           as
           soone
           as
           they
           could
           ,
           for
           it
           was
           not
           yet
           high
           water
           ,
           they
           were
           exceeding
           glad
           to
           see
           vs
           ,
           (
           for
           they
           feared
           because
           they
           had
           not
           seene
           vs
           in
           so
           long
           a
           time
           )
           thinking
           we
           would
           haue
           kept
           by
           the
           shore
           side
           ,
           so
           being
           both
           weary
           and
           faint
           ,
           for
           we
           had
           eaten
           nothing
           all
           that
           day
           ,
           we
           sell
           to
           make
           our
           Randevous
           and
           get
           ●ire
           wood
           ,
           which
           alwayes
           cost
           vs
           a
           great
           deale
           of
           labour
           ,
           by
           that
           time
           we
           had
           done
           &
           our
           Shallop
           come
           to
           vs
           ,
           it
           was
           within
           night
           ,
           and
           we
           fed
           vpon
           such
           victualls
           as
           we
           had
           ,
           and
           betooke
           vs
           to
           our
           rest
           ,
           after
           we
           had
           set
           out
           our
           watch
           .
           About
           midnight
           we
           heard
           a
           great
           and
           hideous
           cry
           ,
           and
           our
           Sentinell
           called
           ,
           
             Arme
             ,
             Arme.
          
           So
           we
           bestirred
           our selues
           and
           shot
           off
           a
           couple
           of
           Muskets
           ,
           and
           noyse
           ceased
           ;
           we
           concluded
           ,
           that
           it
           was
           a
           company
           of
           Wolues
           or
           Foxes
           ,
           for
           one
           told
           vs
           ,
           hee
           had
           heard
           such
           a
           noyse
           in
           
             New-found
             land
          
           .
           About
           fiue
           a
           clocke
           in
           the
           morning
           wee
           began
           to
           be
           stirring
           ,
           and
           two
           or
           three
           which
           doubted
           whether
           their
           Peeces
           would
           goe
           off
           or
           no
           made
           tryall
           of
           them
           ,
           and
           shot
           them
           off
           ,
           but
           thought
           nothing
           at
           all
           ,
           after
           Prayer
           we
           prepared
           our selues
           for
           brek-fast
           ,
           and
           for
           a
           journey
           ,
           and
           it
           being
           now
           the
           twilight
           in
           the
           morning
           ,
           it
           was
           thought
           meet
           to
           carry
           the
           things
           downe
           to
           the
           Shallop
           :
           some
           sayd
           ,
           it
           was
           not
           best
           to
           carry
           the
           Armour
           downe
           ,
           others
           sayd
           ,
           they
           would
           be
           readier
           ,
           two
           or
           three
           sayd
           ,
           they
           would
           not
           carry
           theirs
           ,
           till
           they
           went
           themselues
           ,
           but
           mistrusting
           nothing
           at
           all
           :
           as
           it
           fel●
           out
           ,
           the
           water
           not
           being
           high
           enough
           ,
           they
           layd
           the
           things
           downe
           vpon
           the
           shore
           &
           came
           vp
           to
           brek
           fast
           .
           Anone
           ,
           all
           vpon
           a
           sudden
           ,
           we
           heard
           a
           great
           &
           strange
           cry
           ,
           which
           we
           knew
           to
           be
           the
           same
           voyces
           ,
           though
           they
           varied
           their
           notes
           ,
           one
           of
           our
           company
           being
           abroad
           came
           running
           in
           ,
           and
           cryed
           ,
           
             They
             are
             men
             ,
             Indians
             ,
             Indians
          
           ;
           
           and
           withall
           ,
           their
           arrowes
           came
           flying
           amongst
           vs
           ,
           our
           men
           ran
           out
           with
           all
           speed
           to
           recover
           their
           armes
           ,
           as
           by
           the
           good
           Providence
           of
           God
           they
           did
           .
           
           In
           the
           meane
           time
           ,
           Captaine
           
             Miles
             Standish
          
           ,
           having
           a
           snaphance
           ready
           ,
           made
           a
           shot
           ,
           and
           after
           him
           another
           ,
           after
           they
           two
           had
           shot
           ,
           other
           two
           of
           vs
           were
           ready
           ,
           but
           he
           wisht
           vs
           not
           to
           shoot
           ,
           till
           we
           could
           take
           ayme
           ,
           for
           we
           knew
           not
           what
           need
           we
           should
           haue
           ,
           &
           there
           were
           foure
           onely
           of
           vs
           ,
           which
           had
           their
           armes
           there
           readie
           ,
           and
           stood
           before
           the
           open
           side
           of
           our
           Baricado
           ,
           which
           was
           first
           assaulted
           ,
           they
           thought
           it
           best
           to
           defend
           it
           ,
           least
           the
           enemie
           should
           take
           it
           and
           our
           stuffe
           ,
           and
           so
           haue
           the
           more
           vantage
           against
           vs
           ,
           our
           care
           was
           no
           lesse
           for
           the
           Shallop
           ,
           but
           we
           hoped
           all
           the
           rest
           would
           defend
           it
           ;
           we
           called
           vnto
           them
           to
           know
           how
           it
           was
           with
           them
           ,
           and
           they
           answered
           ,
           Well
           ,
           Well
           every
           one
           ,
           and
           be
           of
           good
           courage
           :
           wee
           heard
           three
           of
           their
           Peeces
           goe
           off
           ,
           and
           the
           rest
           called
           for
           a
           fire-brand
           to
           light
           their
           matches
           ,
           one
           tooke
           a
           log
           out
           of
           the
           fire
           on
           his
           shoulder
           and
           went
           and
           carried
           it
           vnto
           them
           ,
           which
           was
           thought
           did
           not
           a
           little
           discourage
           our
           enemies
           .
           The
           cry
           of
           our
           enemies
           was
           dreadfull
           ,
           especially
           ,
           when
           our
           men
           ran
           out
           to
           recover
           their
           Armes
           ,
           their
           note
           was
           after
           this
           manner
           ,
           
             Woath
             woach
             ha
             ha
             hach
             woach
          
           :
           our
           men
           were
           no
           sooner
           come
           to
           their
           Armes
           ,
           but
           the
           enemy
           was
           ready
           to
           assault
           them
           .
        
         
           There
           was
           a
           lustie
           man
           and
           no
           whit
           lesse
           valiant
           ,
           who
           was
           thought
           to
           bee
           their
           Captaine
           ,
           stood
           behind
           a
           tree
           within
           halfe
           a
           musket
           shot
           of
           vs
           ,
           and
           there
           let
           his
           arrowes
           fly
           at
           vs
           ;
           hee
           was
           seene
           to
           shoote
           three
           arrowes
           ,
           which
           were
           all
           avoyded
           ,
           for
           he
           at
           whom
           the
           first
           arrow
           was
           aymed
           ,
           saw
           it
           ,
           and
           stooped
           downe
           and
           it
           flew
           over
           him
           ,
           the
           rest
           were
           avoyded
           also
           :
           he
           stood
           three
           shots
           of
           a
           Musket
           ,
           at
           length
           one
           tooke
           as
           he
           sayd
           full
           ayme
           at
           him
           ,
           after
           which
           he
           gaue
           an
           extraordinary
           cry
           and
           away
           they
           went
           all
           ,
           wee
           followed
           them
           about
           a
           quarter
           of
           a
           mile
           ,
           but
           wee
           left
           sixe
           to
           keepe
           our
           Shallop
           ,
           for
           we
           were
           carefull
           of
           our
           businesse
           :
           then
           wee
           shouted
           all
           together
           two
           severall
           times
           ,
           and
           shot
           off
           a
           couple
           of
           muskets
           and
           so
           returned
           :
           this
           wee
           did
           that
           they
           might
           see
           wee
           were
           not
           afrayd
           of
           them
           nor
           discouraged
           .
           Thus
           it
           pleased
           
           God
           to
           vanquish
           our
           Enemies
           and
           giue
           vs
           deliverance
           ,
           by
           their
           noyse
           we
           could
           not
           guesse
           that
           they
           were
           lesse
           then
           thirty
           or
           forty
           ,
           though
           some
           thought
           that
           they
           were
           many
           more
           yet
           in
           the
           darke
           of
           the
           morning
           ,
           wee
           could
           not
           so
           well
           discerne
           them
           among
           the
           trees
           ,
           as
           they
           could
           see
           vs
           by
           our
           fire
           side
           ,
           we
           tooke
           vp
           18.
           of
           their
           arrowes
           which
           we
           haue
           sent
           to
           England
           by
           Master
           Io●es
           ,
           some
           whereof
           were
           headed
           with
           brasse
           ,
           others
           with
           Harts
           horne
           ,
           &
           others
           with
           Eagles
           clawes
           many
           more
           no
           doubt
           were
           shot
           ,
           for
           these
           we
           found
           ,
           were
           almost
           covered
           with
           leaues
           :
           yet
           by
           the
           especiall
           providence
           of
           God
           ,
           none
           of
           them
           either
           hit
           or
           hurt
           vs
           ,
           though
           many
           came
           close
           by
           vs
           ,
           and
           on
           every
           side
           of
           vs
           ,
           and
           some
           coates
           which
           hung
           vp
           in
           our
           Baricado
           ,
           were
           shot
           through
           and
           through
           .
           So
           after
           wee
           had
           given
           God
           thankes
           for
           our
           deliverance
           ,
           wee
           tooke
           our
           Shallop
           and
           went
           on
           our
           Iourney
           ,
           and
           called
           this
           place
           ,
           
             The
             first
             Encounter
          
           ,
           from
           hence
           we
           intended
           to
           haue
           sayled
           to
           the
           aforesayd
           theeuish
           Harbour
           ,
           if
           wee
           found
           no
           convenient
           Harbour
           by
           the
           way
           ,
           having
           the
           wind
           good
           ,
           we
           sayled
           all
           that
           day
           along
           the
           Coast
           about
           15.
           leagues
           ,
           but
           saw
           neither
           River
           nor
           Creeke
           to
           put
           into
           ,
           after
           we
           had
           sayled
           an
           houre
           or
           two
           ,
           it
           began
           to
           snow
           and
           raine
           ,
           and
           to
           be
           bad
           weather
           ;
           about
           the
           midst
           of
           the
           afternoone
           ,
           the
           winde
           increased
           and
           the
           Seas
           began
           to
           be
           very
           rough
           ,
           and
           the
           hinges
           of
           the
           rudder
           broke
           ,
           so
           that
           we
           could
           steere
           no
           longer
           with
           it
           ,
           but
           two
           men
           with
           much
           adoe
           were
           same
           to
           serue
           with
           a
           couple
           of
           Oares
           ,
           the
           Seas
           were
           growne
           so
           great
           ,
           that
           we
           were
           much
           troubled
           and
           in
           great
           daunger
           ,
           and
           night
           grew
           on
           :
           Anon
           Master
           Coppin
           bad
           vs
           be
           of
           good
           cheere
           he
           saw
           the
           Harbour
           ,
           as
           we
           drew
           neare
           ,
           the
           gale
           being
           stiffe
           ,
           and
           we
           bearing
           great
           sayle
           to
           get
           in
           ,
           split
           our
           Mast
           in
           3.
           peices
           ,
           and
           were
           like
           to
           haue
           cast
           away
           our
           Shallop
           ,
           yet
           by
           Gods
           mercy
           recovering
           our selues
           ,
           wee
           had
           the
           floud
           with
           vs
           ,
           and
           struck
           into
           the
           Harbour
           .
        
         
           Now
           he
           that
           thought
           that
           had
           beene
           the
           place
           was
           deceived
           ,
           it
           being
           a
           place
           where
           not
           any
           of
           vs
           had
           beene
           before
           ,
           and
           comming
           into
           the
           Harbour
           ,
           he
           that
           was
           our
           Pilot
           did
           beare
           vp
           North-ward
           ,
           which
           if
           we
           had
           continued
           wee
           had
           
           beene
           cast
           away
           ,
           yet
           still
           the
           Lord
           kept
           vs
           ,
           and
           we
           bare
           vp
           for
           an
           Iland
           before
           vs
           ,
           and
           recovering
           of
           that
           Iland
           ,
           being
           compassed
           about
           with
           many
           Rocks
           ,
           and
           darke
           night
           growing
           vpon
           vs
           ,
           it
           pleased
           the
           Divine
           providence
           that
           we
           fell
           vpon
           a
           place
           of
           sandy
           ground
           ,
           where
           our
           Shallop
           did
           ride
           safe
           and
           secure
           all
           that
           night
           ,
           and
           comming
           vpon
           a
           strange
           Iland
           kept
           our
           watch
           all
           night
           in
           the
           raine
           vpon
           that
           Iland
           :
           and
           in
           the
           morning
           we
           marched
           about
           it
           ,
           &
           found
           no
           Inhabitants
           at
           all
           ,
           and
           here
           wee
           made
           our
           Randevous
           all
           that
           day
           being
           Saturday
           ,
           10.
           of
           December
           ,
           on
           the
           Sabboth
           day
           wee
           rested
           ,
           and
           on
           Munday
           we
           sounded
           the
           Harbour
           ,
           and
           found
           it
           a
           uery
           good
           Harbour
           for
           our
           shipping
           ,
           we
           marched
           also
           into
           the
           Land
           ,
           and
           found
           divers
           corne
           fields
           ,
           and
           little
           running
           brookes
           ▪
           a
           place
           very
           good
           for
           scituation
           ,
           so
           we
           returned
           to
           our
           Ship
           againe
           with
           good
           newes
           to
           the
           rest
           of
           our
           people
           ,
           which
           did
           much
           comfort
           their
           hearts
           .
        
         
           On
           the
           fifteenth
           day
           ,
           we
           waighed
           Anchor
           ,
           to
           goe
           to
           the
           place
           we
           had
           discovered
           ,
           and
           comming
           within
           two
           leagues
           of
           the
           Land
           ,
           we
           could
           not
           fetch
           the
           Harbour
           ,
           but
           were
           faine
           to
           put
           roome
           againe
           towards
           
             Cape
             Cod
          
           ,
           our
           course
           lying
           West
           ;
           and
           the
           wind
           was
           at
           North
           west
           ,
           but
           it
           pleased
           God
           that
           the
           next
           day
           being
           Saturday
           the
           16.
           day
           ,
           the
           winde
           came
           faire
           ,
           and
           wee
           put
           to
           Sea
           againe
           ,
           and
           came
           safely
           into
           a
           safe
           Harbour
           ;
           and
           within
           halfe
           an
           houre
           the
           winde
           changed
           ,
           so
           as
           if
           we
           had
           beene
           letted
           but
           a
           little
           ,
           we
           had
           gone
           backe
           to
           
             Cape
             Cod.
          
           This
           Harbour
           is
           a
           Bay
           greater
           then
           
             Cape
             Cod
          
           ,
           compassed
           with
           a
           goodly
           Land
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           Bay
           ,
           2.
           fine
           Ilands
           vninhabited
           ,
           wherein
           are
           nothing
           but
           wood
           ,
           Okes
           ,
           Pines
           ,
           Wal-nut
           ,
           Beech
           ,
           Sasifras
           ,
           Vines
           ,
           and
           other
           trees
           which
           wee
           know
           not
           ;
           This
           Bay
           is
           a
           most
           hopefull
           place
           ,
           innumerable
           store
           of
           fowle
           ,
           and
           excellent
           good
           ,
           and
           cannot
           but
           bee
           of
           fish
           in
           their
           seasons
           :
           Skote
           ,
           Cod
           ,
           Turbot
           ,
           and
           Herring
           ,
           wee
           haue
           tasted
           of
           ,
           abundance
           of
           Musles
           the
           greatest
           &
           best
           that
           ever
           we
           saw
           ;
           Crabs
           ,
           and
           Lobsters
           ,
           in
           their
           time
           infinite
           ,
           It
           is
           in
           fashion
           like
           a
           Cikle
           or
           Fish-hooke
           .
        
         
           Munday
           the
           13.
           day
           ,
           we
           went
           a
           land
           ,
           manned
           with
           the
           Maister
           of
           the
           Ship
           ,
           and
           3.
           or
           4.
           of
           the
           Saylers
           ,
           we
           marched
           
           along
           the
           coast
           in
           the
           woods
           ,
           some
           7.
           or
           8.
           mile
           ,
           but
           saw
           not
           an
           Indian
           nor
           an
           Indian
           house
           ,
           only
           we
           found
           where
           formerly
           ,
           had
           beene
           some
           Inhabitants
           ,
           and
           where
           they
           had
           planted
           their
           corne
           :
           we
           found
           not
           any
           Navigable
           River
           ,
           but
           4.
           or
           5.
           small
           ●unning
           brookes
           of
           very
           sweet
           fresh
           water
           ,
           that
           all
           run
           into
           the
           Sea
           :
           The
           Land
           for
           the
           crust
           of
           the
           earth
           is
           a
           spits
           depth
           ,
           excellent
           blacke
           mold
           and
           fat
           in
           some
           places
           ,
           2.
           or
           3.
           great
           Oakes
           but
           not
           very
           thicke
           ,
           Pines
           ,
           Wal-nuts
           Beech
           Ash
           ,
           Birch
           ,
           Hasell
           ,
           Holley
           ,
           Asp
           ,
           Sasifras
           ,
           in
           abundance
           ,
           &
           Vines
           euery
           where
           ,
           Cherry
           trees
           ,
           Plum
           trees
           ,
           and
           many
           other
           which
           we
           know
           not
           ;
           many
           kinds
           of
           hearbes
           ,
           we
           found
           heere
           in
           Winter
           ,
           as
           Strawbery
           leaues
           innumerable
           ,
           Sorrell
           ,
           Yarow
           ,
           Caruell
           ,
           Brook-lime
           ,
           Liver-wort
           ,
           Water-cresses
           ,
           great
           store
           of
           Leekes
           ,
           and
           Onyons
           ,
           and
           an
           excellent
           strong
           kind
           of
           Flaxe
           ,
           and
           Hempe
           ;
           here
           is
           sand
           ,
           gravell
           ,
           and
           excellent
           clay
           no
           better
           in
           the
           Worlde
           ,
           excellent
           for
           pots
           ,
           and
           will
           wash
           like
           sope
           ,
           and
           great
           store
           of
           stone
           ,
           though
           somewhat
           soft
           ,
           and
           the
           best
           water
           that
           ever
           we
           drunke
           ,
           and
           the
           Brookes
           now
           begin
           to
           be
           full
           of
           fish
           ;
           that
           night
           many
           being
           weary
           with
           marching
           ,
           wee
           went
           abourd
           againe
           .
        
         
           The
           next
           morning
           being
           Tuesday
           the
           19.
           of
           December
           ,
           wee
           went
           againe
           to
           discover
           further
           ;
           some
           went
           on
           Land
           ,
           and
           some
           in
           the
           Shallop
           ,
           the
           Land
           we
           found
           as
           the
           former
           day
           we
           did
           ,
           and
           we
           found
           a
           Creeke
           ,
           and
           went
           vp
           three
           English
           myles
           ,
           a
           very
           pleasant
           river
           at
           full
           Sea
           ,
           a
           Barke
           of
           thirty
           tunne
           may
           goe
           vp
           ,
           but
           at
           low
           water
           scarce
           our
           Shallop
           could
           passe
           :
           this
           place
           we
           had
           a
           great
           liking
           to
           plant
           in
           ,
           but
           that
           it
           was
           so
           farre
           from
           our
           fishing
           our
           principall
           profit
           ,
           and
           so
           incompassed
           with
           woods
           ,
           that
           we
           should
           bee
           in
           much
           danger
           of
           the
           Salvages
           ,
           and
           our
           number
           being
           so
           little
           ,
           and
           so
           much
           ground
           to
           cleare
           ,
           so
           as
           wee
           thought
           good
           to
           quit
           and
           cleare
           that
           place
           ,
           till
           we
           were
           of
           more
           strength
           ;
           some
           of
           vs
           hauing
           a
           good
           minde
           for
           safety
           to
           plant
           in
           the
           greater
           Ile
           ,
           wee
           crossed
           the
           Bay
           which
           there
           is
           fiue
           or
           sixe
           myles
           ouer
           ,
           and
           found
           the
           I
           le
           about
           a
           myle
           and
           a
           halfe
           ,
           or
           two
           myles
           about
           ,
           all
           wooded
           ,
           and
           no
           fresh
           water
           but
           2.
           or
           3.
           pits
           ,
           that
           we
           doubted
           of
           fresh
           water
           in
           Summer
           ,
           and
           so
           full
           of
           wood
           ,
           
           as
           we
           could
           hardly
           cleare
           so
           much
           as
           to
           serue
           vs
           for
           Corne
           ,
           besides
           wee
           iudged
           it
           colde
           for
           our
           Corne
           ,
           and
           some
           part
           very
           rockie
           ,
           yet
           diuers
           thought
           of
           it
           as
           a
           place
           defensible
           ,
           and
           of
           great
           securitie
           .
        
         
           That
           night
           we
           returned
           againe
           a
           ship
           boord
           ,
           with
           resolution
           the
           next
           morning
           to
           setle
           on
           some
           of
           those
           places
           ,
           so
           in
           the
           morning
           ,
           after
           we
           had
           called
           on
           God
           for
           direction
           ,
           we
           came
           to
           this
           resolution
           ,
           to
           goe
           presently
           ashore
           againe
           ,
           and
           to
           take
           a
           better
           view
           of
           two
           places
           ,
           which
           wee
           thought
           most
           fitting
           for
           vs
           ,
           for
           we
           could
           not
           now
           take
           time
           for
           further
           search
           or
           consideration
           ,
           our
           victuals
           being
           much
           spent
           ,
           especially
           ,
           our
           Beere
           ,
           and
           it
           being
           now
           the
           19.
           of
           December
           .
           After
           our
           landing
           and
           viewing
           of
           the
           places
           ,
           so
           well
           as
           we
           could
           we
           came
           to
           a
           conclusion
           ,
           by
           most
           voyces
           ,
           to
           set
           on
           the
           maine
           Land
           ,
           on
           the
           first
           place
           ,
           on
           an
           high
           ground
           ,
           where
           there
           is
           a
           great
           deale
           of
           Land
           cleared
           ,
           and
           hath
           beene
           planted
           with
           Corne
           three
           or
           foure
           yeares
           agoe
           ,
           and
           there
           is
           a
           very
           sweet
           brooke
           runnes
           vnder
           the
           hill
           side
           ,
           and
           many
           delicate
           springs
           of
           as
           good
           water
           as
           can
           be
           drunke
           ,
           and
           where
           we
           may
           harbour
           our
           Shallops
           and
           Boates
           exceeding
           well
           ,
           and
           in
           this
           brooke
           much
           good
           fish
           in
           their
           seasons
           :
           on
           the
           further
           side
           of
           the
           river
           also
           much
           Corne
           ground
           cleared
           ,
           in
           one
           field
           is
           a
           great
           hill
           ,
           on
           which
           wee
           poynt
           to
           make
           a
           plat-forme
           ,
           and
           plant
           our
           Ordinance
           ,
           which
           will
           command
           all
           round
           about
           ,
           from
           thence
           we
           may
           see
           into
           the
           Bay
           ,
           and
           farre
           into
           the
           Sea
           ,
           and
           we
           may
           see
           thence
           
             Cape
             Cod
          
           :
           our
           greatest
           labour
           will
           be
           fetching
           of
           our
           wood
           ,
           which
           is
           halfe
           a
           quarter
           of
           an
           English
           myle
           ,
           but
           there
           is
           enough
           so
           farre
           off
           ;
           what
           people
           inhabite
           here
           we
           yet
           know
           not
           ,
           for
           as
           yet
           we
           haue
           seene
           none
           ,
           so
           there
           we
           made
           our
           Randevous
           ,
           and
           a
           place
           for
           some
           of
           our
           people
           about
           twentie
           ,
           resolving
           in
           the
           morning
           to
           come
           all
           ashore
           ,
           and
           to
           build
           houses
           ,
           but
           the
           next
           morning
           being
           Thursday
           the
           21.
           of
           December
           ,
           it
           was
           stormie
           and
           wett
           ,
           that
           we
           could
           not
           goe
           ashore
           ,
           and
           those
           that
           remained
           there
           all
           night
           could
           doe
           nothing
           ,
           but
           were
           wet
           ,
           not
           having
           dai-light
           enough
           to
           make
           them
           a
           sufficient
           court
           of
           gard
           ,
           to
           keepe
           them
           dry
           .
           All
           that
           night
           it
           blew
           and
           rayned
           extreamely
           ▪
           
           it
           was
           so
           tempestuous
           ,
           that
           the
           Shallop
           could
           not
           goe
           on
           land
           so
           soone
           as
           was
           meet
           ,
           for
           they
           had
           no
           victuals
           on
           land
           .
           About
           ●●
           .
           a
           Clocke
           the
           Shallop
           went
           off
           with
           much
           adoe
           with
           provision
           ,
           but
           could
           not
           returne
           it
           blew
           so
           strong
           ,
           and
           was
           such
           foule
           weather
           ,
           that
           we
           were
           forced
           to
           let
           fall
           our
           Anchor
           ,
           and
           ride
           with
           three
           Anchors
           an
           head
           .
        
         
           Friday
           the
           22.
           the
           storme
           still
           continued
           ,
           that
           we
           could
           not
           get
           a-land
           ,
           nor
           they
           come
           to
           vs
           aboord
           :
           this
           morning
           Good
           wife
           Alderton
           was
           delivered
           of
           a
           sonne
           ,
           but
           dead
           borne
           .
        
         
           Saturday
           the
           23.
           so
           many
           of
           vs
           as
           could
           ,
           went
           on
           shore
           ,
           felled
           and
           carried
           tymber
           ,
           to
           provide
           themselues
           stuffe
           for
           building
           .
        
         
           Sunday
           the
           24.
           our
           people
           on
           shore
           heard
           a
           cry
           of
           some
           Savages
           (
           as
           they
           thought
           )
           which
           caused
           an
           Alarm
           ,
           and
           to
           stand
           on
           their
           gard
           ,
           expecting
           an
           assault
           ,
           but
           all
           was
           quiet
           .
        
         
           Munday
           the
           25.
           day
           ,
           we
           went
           on
           shore
           ,
           some
           to
           fell
           tymber
           ,
           some
           to
           saw
           ,
           some
           to
           ri●e
           ,
           and
           some
           to
           carry
           ,
           so
           no
           man
           rested
           all
           that
           day
           ,
           but
           towards
           night
           some
           as
           they
           were
           at
           worke
           ,
           heard
           a
           noyse
           of
           some
           Indians
           ,
           which
           caused
           vs
           all
           to
           goe
           to
           our
           Muskets
           ,
           but
           we
           heard
           no
           further
           ,
           so
           we
           came
           aboord
           againe
           ,
           and
           left
           some
           twentie
           to
           keepe
           the
           court
           of
           gard
           ;
           that
           night
           we
           had
           a
           sore
           storme
           of
           winde
           and
           rayne
           .
        
         
           Munday
           the
           25.
           being
           Christmas
           day
           ,
           we
           began
           to
           drinke
           water
           aboord
           ,
           but
           at
           night
           the
           Master
           caused
           vs
           to
           haue
           some
           Beere
           ,
           and
           so
           on
           boord
           we
           had
           diverse
           times
           now
           and
           then
           some
           Beere
           ,
           but
           on
           shore
           none
           at
           all
           .
        
         
           Tuesday
           the
           26.
           it
           was
           foule
           weather
           ,
           that
           we
           could
           not
           goe
           ashore
           .
        
         
           Wednesday
           the
           27.
           we
           went
           to
           worke
           againe
           .
        
         
           Thursday
           the
           28.
           of
           December
           ,
           so
           many
           as
           could
           went
           to
           worke
           on
           the
           hill
           ,
           where
           we
           purposed
           to
           build
           our
           platforme
           for
           our
           Ordinance
           ,
           and
           which
           doth
           command
           all
           the
           plaine
           ,
           and
           the
           B●y
           ,
           and
           from
           whence
           we
           may
           see
           farre
           into
           the
           sea
           ,
           and
           might
           he
           easier
           impayled
           ,
           having
           two
           rowes
           of
           houses
           and
           a
           faire
           streete
           .
           So
           in
           the
           afternoone
           we
           went
           to
           measure
           out
           the
           grounds
           ,
           and
           first
           ,
           we
           tooke
           notice
           how
           many
           
           Families
           they
           were
           ,
           willing
           all
           single
           men
           that
           had
           no
           wiues
           to
           ioyne
           with
           some
           Familie
           ,
           as
           they
           thought
           fit
           ,
           that
           so
           we
           might
           build
           fewer
           houses
           ,
           which
           was
           done
           ,
           and
           we
           reduced
           them
           to
           19.
           
           Families
           ;
           to
           greater
           Families
           we
           allotted
           larger
           plots
           ,
           to
           every
           person
           halfe
           a
           pole
           in
           breadth
           ,
           and
           three
           in
           length
           ,
           and
           so
           Lots
           were
           cast
           where
           euery
           man
           should
           lie
           ,
           which
           was
           done
           ,
           and
           staked
           out
           ;
           we
           thought
           this
           proportion
           was
           large
           enough
           at
           the
           first
           ,
           for
           houses
           and
           gardens
           ,
           to
           impale
           them
           round
           ,
           considering
           the
           weaknes
           of
           our
           people
           ,
           many
           of
           them
           growing
           ill
           with
           coldes
           ,
           for
           our
           former
           Discoveries
           in
           frost
           and
           stormes
           ,
           and
           the
           wading
           at
           Cape
           Cod
           had
           brought
           much
           weakenes
           amongst
           vs
           ,
           which
           increased
           so
           every
           day
           more
           and
           more
           ,
           and
           after
           was
           the
           cause
           of
           many
           of
           their
           deaths
           .
        
         
           Fryday
           and
           Saturday
           ,
           we
           fitted
           our selues
           for
           our
           labour
           ,
           but
           our
           people
           on
           shore
           were
           much
           troubled
           and
           discouraged
           with
           rayne
           and
           wett
           that
           day
           ,
           being
           very
           stormie
           and
           cold
           ;
           we
           saw
           great
           smokes
           of
           fire
           made
           by
           the
           Indians
           about
           six
           or
           seaven
           myles
           from
           vs
           as
           we
           coniectured
           .
        
         
           Munday
           the
           first
           of
           Ianuary
           ,
           we
           went
           betimes
           to
           worke
           ,
           we
           were
           much
           hundred
           in
           lying
           so
           farre
           off
           from
           the
           Land
           ,
           and
           faine
           to
           goe
           as
           the
           tyde
           served
           ,
           that
           we
           lost
           much
           time
           ,
           for
           our
           Ship
           drew
           so
           much
           water
           ,
           that
           she
           lay
           a
           myle
           and
           almost
           a
           halfe
           off
           ,
           though
           a
           ship
           of
           seaventie
           or
           eightie
           tun
           as
           high
           water
           may
           come
           to
           the
           shore
           .
        
         
           Wednesday
           the
           third
           of
           Ianuary
           ,
           some
           of
           our
           people
           being
           abroad
           ,
           to
           get
           and
           gather
           thatch
           ,
           they
           saw
           great
           fires
           of
           the
           Indians
           ,
           and
           were
           at
           then
           Corne
           fields
           ,
           yet
           saw
           none
           of
           the
           Savages
           ,
           nor
           had
           seene
           any
           of
           them
           since
           wee
           came
           to
           th●s
           Bay.
           
        
         
           Thursday
           the
           fourth
           of
           Ianuary
           ,
           Captaine
           
             Miles
             Standish
          
           with
           foure
           or
           fiue
           more
           ,
           went
           to
           see
           if
           they
           could
           meet
           with
           any
           of
           the
           Savages
           in
           that
           place
           where
           the
           fires
           were
           made
           ,
           they
           went
           to
           some
           of
           their
           houses
           ,
           but
           not
           lately
           inhabited
           ,
           yet
           could
           they
           not
           meete
           with
           any
           ;
           as
           they
           came
           home
           ,
           they
           shot
           at
           an
           Eagle
           and
           killed
           her
           ,
           which
           was
           excellent
           meat
           ;
           It
           was
           hardly
           to
           be
           discerned
           from
           Mutton
           .
        
         
         
           Fryday
           the
           fifth
           of
           Ianuary
           ,
           one
           of
           the
           Saylers
           found
           aliue
           vpon
           the
           shore
           an
           Hering
           ,
           which
           the
           Master
           had
           to
           his
           supper
           ,
           which
           put
           vs
           in
           hope
           of
           fish
           ,
           but
           as
           yet
           we
           had
           got
           but
           〈◊〉
           Cod
           ;
           we
           wanted
           small
           hookes
           .
        
         
           Saturday
           the
           sixt
           of
           Ianuary
           ,
           Master
           Marten
           was
           very
           sicke
           ,
           and
           to
           our
           iudgement
           ,
           no
           hope
           of
           life
           ,
           so
           Master
           Carver
           was
           sent
           for
           to
           come
           abourd
           to
           speake
           with
           him
           about
           his
           accompts
           ,
           who
           came
           the
           next
           morning
           .
        
         
           Munday
           the
           eight
           day
           of
           Ianuary
           ,
           was
           a
           very
           fayre
           day
           ,
           and
           we
           went
           betimes
           to
           worke
           ,
           master
           Iones
           sent
           the
           Shallop
           as
           he
           had
           formerly
           done
           ,
           to
           see
           where
           fish
           could
           be
           got
           ,
           they
           had
           a
           great
           storme
           at
           Sea
           ,
           and
           were
           in
           some
           danger
           ,
           at
           night
           they
           returned
           with
           three
           great
           Seales
           ,
           and
           an
           excellent
           good
           Cod
           ,
           which
           did
           assure
           vs
           that
           we
           should
           haue
           plentie
           of
           fish
           shortly
           .
        
         
           This
           day
           ,
           
             Francis
             Billington
          
           ,
           having
           the
           weeke
           before
           seene
           from
           the
           top
           of
           a
           tree
           on
           an
           hie
           hill
           ,
           a
           great
           sea
           as
           he
           thought
           ,
           went
           with
           one
           of
           the
           Masters
           mates
           to
           see
           it
           ,
           they
           went
           three
           myles
           ,
           and
           then
           came
           to
           a
           great
           water
           ,
           devided
           into
           two
           great
           Lakes
           ,
           the
           bigger
           of
           them
           fiue
           or
           sixe
           myles
           in
           circuit
           ,
           and
           in
           it
           an
           I
           le
           of
           a
           Cable
           length
           square
           ,
           the
           other
           three
           miles
           in
           compasse
           ;
           in
           their
           estimation
           they
           are
           fine
           fresh
           water
           ,
           full
           of
           fish
           ,
           and
           foule
           ;
           a
           brooke
           issues
           from
           it
           ,
           it
           will
           be
           an
           excellent
           helpe
           for
           vs
           in
           time
           .
           They
           found
           seaven
           or
           eight
           Indian
           houses
           ,
           but
           not
           lately
           inhabited
           ,
           when
           they
           saw
           the
           houses
           they
           were
           in
           some
           feare
           ,
           for
           they
           were
           but
           two
           persons
           and
           one
           peece
           .
        
         
           Tuesday
           the
           9.
           
           Ianuary
           ,
           was
           a
           reasonable
           faire
           day
           ,
           and
           wee
           went
           to
           labour
           that
           day
           in
           the
           building
           of
           our
           Towne
           ,
           in
           two
           rowes
           of
           houses
           for
           more
           safety
           :
           we
           devided
           by
           lott
           the
           plot
           of
           ground
           whereon
           to
           build
           our
           Towne
           :
           After
           the
           proportion
           formerly
           allotted
           ,
           wee
           agreed
           that
           every
           man
           should
           build
           his
           owne
           house
           ,
           thinking
           by
           that
           course
           ,
           men
           would
           make
           more
           hast
           then
           working
           in
           common
           :
           the
           common
           house
           ,
           in
           which
           for
           the
           first
           ,
           we
           made
           our
           Rendevous
           ,
           being
           neere
           finished
           wanted
           onely
           couering
           ,
           it
           being
           about
           20.
           foote
           square
           ,
           some
           should
           make
           morter
           ,
           and
           
           some
           gather
           thatch
           ,
           so
           that
           in
           foure
           dayes
           halfe
           of
           it
           was
           thatched
           ,
           frost
           and
           foule
           weather
           hindred
           vs
           much
           ,
           this
           time
           of
           the
           yeare
           seldome
           could
           wee
           worke
           halfe
           the
           weeke
           .
        
         
           Thursday
           the
           eleuenth
           ,
           
             William
             Bradford
          
           being
           at
           worke
           ,
           (
           for
           it
           was
           a
           faire
           day
           )
           was
           vehemently
           taken
           with
           a
           griefe
           and
           paine
           ,
           and
           so
           shot
           to
           his
           huckle-bone
           ;
           It
           was
           doubted
           that
           he
           would
           haue
           instantly
           dyed
           ,
           hee
           got
           colde
           in
           the
           former
           discoveries
           ,
           especially
           the
           last
           ,
           and
           felt
           some
           paine
           in
           his
           anckles
           by
           times
           ,
           but
           he
           grew
           a
           little
           better
           towards
           night
           and
           in
           time
           through
           Gods
           mercie
           in
           the
           vse
           of
           meanes
           recovered
           .
        
         
           Friday
           the
           12.
           we
           went
           to
           worke
           ,
           but
           about
           noone
           ,
           it
           began
           to
           raine
           ,
           that
           it
           forced
           vs
           to
           giue
           over
           worke
           .
        
         
           This
           day
           ,
           two
           of
           our
           people
           put
           vs
           in
           great
           sorrow
           and
           care
           ,
           there
           was
           4.
           sent
           to
           gather
           and
           cut
           thatch
           in
           the
           morning
           ,
           and
           two
           of
           them
           ,
           
             Iohn
             Goodman
          
           and
           
             Peter
             Browne
          
           ,
           having
           cut
           thatch
           all
           the
           fore
           noone
           ,
           went
           to
           a
           further
           place
           ,
           and
           willed
           the
           other
           two
           ,
           to
           binde
           vp
           that
           which
           was
           cut
           and
           to
           follow
           them
           ;
           so
           they
           did
           ,
           being
           about
           a
           myle
           and
           an
           halfe
           from
           our
           Plantation
           :
           but
           when
           the
           two
           came
           after
           ,
           they
           could
           not
           finde
           them
           ,
           nor
           heare
           any
           thing
           of
           them
           at
           all
           ,
           though
           they
           hallowed
           and
           shouted
           as
           loud
           as
           they
           could
           ,
           so
           they
           returned
           to
           the
           Company
           and
           told
           them
           of
           it
           :
           whereupon
           Master
           Leaver
           &
           three
           or
           foure
           more
           went
           to
           seeke
           them
           ,
           but
           could
           heare
           nothing
           of
           them
           ,
           so
           they
           returning
           ,
           sent
           more
           ,
           but
           that
           night
           they
           could
           heare
           nothing
           at
           all
           of
           them
           :
           the
           next
           day
           they
           armed
           10.
           or
           12.
           men
           out
           ,
           verily
           thinking
           the
           Indians
           had
           surprised
           them
           ,
           they
           went
           seeking
           7.
           or
           8
           myles
           ,
           but
           could
           neither
           see
           nor
           heare
           any
           thing
           at
           all
           ,
           so
           they
           returned
           with
           much
           discomfort
           to
           vs
           all
           .
           These
           two
           that
           were
           missed
           ,
           at
           dinner
           time
           tooke
           their
           mea●e
           in
           their
           hands
           ,
           and
           would
           goe
           walke
           and
           refresh
           themselues
           ,
           so
           going
           a
           litle
           off
           they
           finde
           a
           lake
           of
           water
           ▪
           and
           having
           a
           great
           Mastiffe
           bitch
           with
           them
           and
           a
           Spannell
           ;
           by
           the
           water
           side
           they
           found
           a
           great
           Deere
           the
           Dogs
           chased
           him
           ,
           and
           they
           followed
           so
           farre
           as
           they
           lost
           themselues
           ,
           and
           could
           not
           finde
           the●
           way
           backe
           ,
           they
           wandred
           
           
           
           
           
           all
           that
           after
           noone
           being
           wett
           ,
           and
           at
           night
           it
           did
           freeze
           and
           snow
           ,
           they
           were
           slenderly
           apparelled
           and
           had
           no
           weapons
           but
           each
           one
           his
           Cicle
           ,
           nor
           any
           victuals
           ,
           they
           ranged
           vp
           and
           downe
           and
           could
           finde
           none
           of
           the
           Salvages
           habitation●
           ;
           when
           it
           drew
           to
           night
           they
           were
           much
           perplexed
           ,
           for
           they
           could
           finde
           neither
           harbour
           nor
           meate
           ,
           but
           in
           frost
           and
           snow
           ,
           were
           forced
           to
           make
           the
           earth
           their
           bed
           ,
           and
           the
           Element
           their
           covering
           ,
           and
           another
           thing
           did
           very
           much
           terrifie
           them
           ,
           they
           heard
           as
           they
           thought
           two
           Lyons
           roaring
           exceedingly
           for
           a
           long
           time
           together
           ,
           and
           a
           third
           ,
           that
           they
           thought
           was
           very
           nere
           them
           ,
           so
           not
           knowing
           what
           to
           do
           they
           resolved
           to
           climbe
           vp
           into
           a
           tree
           as
           their
           safest
           refuge
           ,
           though
           that
           would
           prone
           an
           intollerable
           colde
           lodging
           ;
           so
           they
           stoode
           at
           the
           trees
           roote
           ,
           that
           when
           the
           Lyons
           came
           they
           might
           take
           their
           opportunitie
           of
           climbing
           vp
           ,
           the
           bitch
           they
           were
           faine
           to
           hold
           by
           the
           necke
           ,
           for
           shee
           would
           haue
           beene
           gone
           to
           the
           Lyon
           ;
           but
           it
           pleased
           God
           so
           to
           dispose
           ,
           that
           the
           wilde
           Beastes
           came
           not
           :
           so
           they
           walked
           vp
           and
           downe
           vnder
           the
           Tree
           all
           night
           ,
           it
           was
           an
           extreame
           colde
           night
           ,
           so
           soone
           as
           it
           was
           light
           they
           trauailed
           againe
           ,
           passing
           by
           many
           lakes
           and
           brookes
           and
           woods
           ,
           and
           in
           one
           place
           where
           the
           Salvages
           had
           burnt
           the
           space
           of
           5.
           myles
           in
           length
           ,
           which
           is
           a
           fine
           Champion
           Countrey
           ,
           and
           even
           .
           In
           the
           after-noone
           ,
           it
           pleased
           God
           from
           an
           high
           Hill
           they
           discovered
           the
           two
           Iles
           in
           the
           Bay
           ,
           and
           so
           that
           night
           got
           to
           the
           Plantation
           ,
           being
           ready
           to
           faint
           with
           travaile
           and
           want
           of
           victuals
           ,
           and
           almost
           famis●●ed
           with
           colde
           ,
           
             Iohn
             Goodman
          
           was
           faine
           to
           haue
           his
           shooes
           cut
           off
           his
           feete
           they
           were
           so
           swelled
           with
           colde
           ,
           and
           it
           was
           a
           long
           while
           after
           ere
           he
           was
           able
           to
           goe
           ▪
           those
           on
           the
           shore
           were
           much
           comforted
           at
           their
           returne
           ,
           but
           they
           on
           ship-boord
           were
           grieved
           as
           deeming
           them
           lost
           ;
           but
           the
           next
           day
           being
           the
           14.
           of
           Ianuary
           ,
           in
           the
           morning
           about
           sixe
           of
           the
           clocke
           the
           winde
           being
           very
           great
           ,
           they
           on
           ship-boord
           spied
           their
           great
           new
           R●ndevous
           on
           fire
           ,
           which
           was
           to
           them
           a
           new
           discomfort
           ,
           fearing
           because
           of
           the
           supposed
           losse
           of
           the
           men
           ,
           that
           the
           Salvages
           had
           fiered
           them
           ,
           neither
           could
           they
           presently
           goe
           to
           them
           for
           want
           of
           water
           ,
           but
           after
           
           3.
           quarters
           of
           an
           houre
           they
           went
           ,
           as
           they
           had
           purposed
           the
           day
           before
           to
           keepe
           the
           Sabboth
           on
           shore
           ,
           because
           now
           there
           was
           the
           greater
           number
           of
           people
           .
           At
           their
           landing
           they
           heard
           good
           tidings
           of
           the
           returne
           of
           the
           2.
           men
           ,
           and
           that
           the
           house
           was
           fiered
           occasionally
           by
           a
           sparke
           that
           flew
           into
           the
           thatch
           ,
           which
           instantly
           burnt
           it
           all
           vp
           ,
           but
           the
           roofe
           stood
           and
           little
           hurt
           ;
           the
           most
           losse
           was
           Maister
           Carvers
           and
           
             William
             Bradfords
          
           ,
           who
           then
           lay
           sicke
           in
           bed
           ,
           and
           if
           they
           had
           not
           risen
           with
           good
           speede
           ,
           had
           beene
           blowne
           vp
           with
           powder
           :
           but
           through
           Gods
           mercy
           they
           had
           no
           harme
           ,
           the
           house
           was
           as
           full
           of
           beds
           as
           they
           could
           lie
           one
           by
           another
           ,
           and
           their
           Muskets
           charged
           ,
           but
           blessed
           be
           God
           there
           was
           no
           harme
           done
           .
        
         
           Munday
           the
           15.
           day
           ,
           it
           rayned
           much
           all
           day
           ,
           that
           they
           on
           ship-boord
           could
           not
           goe
           on
           shore
           ,
           nor
           they
           on
           shore
           doe
           any
           labour
           but
           were
           all
           wet
           .
        
         
           Tuesday
           ,
           wednesday
           ,
           thursday
           ,
           were
           very
           faire
           Sun-shinie
           dayes
           ,
           as
           if
           it
           had
           beene
           in
           Aprill
           ,
           and
           our
           people
           so
           many
           as
           were
           in
           health
           ought
           chearefully
           .
        
         
           The
           19.
           day
           ,
           we
           resolved
           to
           make
           a
           Shed
           ,
           to
           put
           our
           common
           provision
           in
           ,
           of
           which
           some
           were
           alreadie
           set
           on
           shore
           ,
           but
           at
           noone
           it
           rayned
           ,
           that
           we
           could
           not
           worke
           .
           This
           day
           in
           the
           evening
           ,
           
             Iohn
             Goodman
          
           went
           abroad
           to
           vse
           his
           lame
           feete
           ,
           that
           were
           pittifully
           ill
           with
           the
           cold
           he
           had
           got
           ,
           having
           a
           little
           Spannell
           with
           him
           ,
           a
           little
           way
           from
           the
           Plantation
           ,
           two
           great
           Wolues
           ran
           after
           the
           Dog
           ,
           the
           Dog
           ran
           to
           him
           and
           betwixt
           his
           leggs
           for
           succour
           ,
           he
           had
           nothing
           in
           his
           hand
           but
           tooke
           vp
           a
           sticke
           ,
           and
           threw
           at
           one
           of
           them
           and
           hit
           him
           ,
           and
           they
           presently
           ran
           both
           away
           ,
           but
           came
           againe
           ,
           he
           got
           a
           pai●e
           bord
           in
           his
           hand
           ,
           and
           they
           sat
           both
           on
           their
           tayles
           ,
           grinning
           at
           him
           ,
           a
           good
           while
           ,
           and
           went
           their
           way
           ,
           and
           left
           him
           .
        
         
           Saturday
           20.
           we
           made
           vp
           our
           Shed
           for
           our
           common
           goods
           .
        
         
           Sunday
           the
           21.
           we
           kept
           our
           meeting
           on
           Land.
           
        
         
           Munday
           the
           22.
           was
           a
           faire
           day
           ,
           we
           wrought
           on
           our
           houses
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           after-noone
           carried
           vp
           our
           hogsheads
           of
           meale
           to
           our
           common
           store
           house
           .
        
         
         
           The
           rest
           of
           the
           weeke
           we
           followed
           our
           businesse
           likewise
           .
        
         
           Munday
           the
           29.
           in
           the
           morning
           cold
           frost
           and
           sleete
           ,
           but
           after
           reasonable
           fayre
           ▪
           both
           the
           long
           Boate
           and
           the
           Shallop
           brought
           our
           common
           goods
           on
           shore
           .
        
         
           Tuesday
           and
           wednesday
           30.
           and
           31.
           of
           Ianuary
           ,
           cold
           frosty
           weather
           and
           sleete
           ,
           that
           we
           could
           not
           worke
           :
           in
           the
           morning
           the
           Master
           and
           others
           saw
           two
           Savages
           ,
           that
           had
           beene
           on
           the
           Iland
           nere
           our
           Ship
           ,
           what
           they
           came
           for
           wee
           could
           not
           tell
           ,
           they
           were
           going
           so
           farre
           backe
           againe
           before
           they
           were
           des●ried
           ,
           that
           we
           could
           not
           speake
           with
           them
           .
        
         
           Sunday
           the
           4.
           of
           February
           ,
           was
           very
           wett
           and
           rainie
           ,
           with
           the
           greatest
           gusts
           of
           winde
           that
           ever
           we
           had
           since
           wee
           came
           forth
           ,
           that
           though
           we
           rid
           in
           a
           very
           good
           harbour
           ,
           yet
           we
           were
           in
           danger
           ,
           because
           our
           Ship
           was
           light
           ,
           the
           goods
           taken
           out
           ,
           and
           she
           vnballased
           ;
           and
           it
           caused
           much
           daubing
           of
           our
           houses
           to
           fall
           downe
           .
        
         
           Fryday
           the
           9.
           still
           the
           cold
           weather
           continued
           ,
           that
           wee
           could
           doe
           little
           worke
           .
           That
           after-noone
           our
           little
           house
           for
           our
           sicke
           people
           was
           set
           on
           fire
           by
           a
           sparke
           that
           kindled
           in
           the
           roofe
           ,
           but
           no
           great
           harme
           was
           done
           .
           That
           evening
           the
           master
           going
           ashore
           ,
           killed
           fiue
           Geese
           ,
           which
           he
           friendly
           distributed
           among
           the
           sicke
           people
           ;
           he
           found
           also
           a
           good
           Deere
           killed
           ,
           the
           Savages
           had
           cut
           off
           the
           hornes
           ,
           and
           a
           Wolfe
           was
           eating
           of
           him
           ,
           how
           he
           came
           there
           we
           could
           not
           conceiue
           .
        
         
           Friday
           the
           16.
           day
           ,
           was
           a
           faire
           day
           ,
           but
           the
           northerly
           wind
           continued
           ,
           which
           continued
           the
           frost
           ,
           this
           day
           after-noone
           one
           of
           our
           people
           being
           a
           fouling
           ,
           and
           having
           taken
           a
           stand
           by
           a
           creeke
           side
           in
           the
           Reeds
           ,
           about
           a
           myle
           and
           an
           halfe
           from
           our
           Plantation
           ,
           there
           came
           by
           him
           twelue
           Indians
           ,
           marching
           towards
           our
           Plantation
           ,
           &
           in
           the
           woods
           he
           heard
           the
           noyse
           of
           many
           more
           ▪
           he
           lay
           close
           till
           they
           were
           passed
           ,
           and
           then
           with
           what
           speed
           he
           could
           he
           went
           home
           &
           gaue
           the
           Alarm
           ,
           so
           the
           people
           abroad
           in
           the
           woods
           returned
           &
           armed
           themselues
           ,
           but
           say
           none
           of
           them
           ,
           onely
           toward
           the
           euening
           they
           made
           a
           great
           fire
           ,
           about
           the
           place
           where
           they
           were
           first
           discovered
           :
           Captaine
           
             Miles
             Standish
          
           ,
           and
           
             Francis
             Cooke
          
           ,
           being
           at
           worke
           in
           the
           Woods
           ,
           comming
           home
           ,
           left
           their
           
           tooles
           behind
           them
           ,
           but
           before
           they
           returned
           ,
           their
           tooles
           were
           taken
           away
           by
           the
           Savages
           .
           This
           comming
           of
           the
           Savages
           gaue
           vs
           occasion
           to
           keepe
           more
           strict
           watch
           ,
           and
           to
           make
           our
           peeces
           and
           furniture
           readie
           ,
           which
           by
           the
           moysture
           and
           rayne
           were
           out
           of
           temper
           .
        
         
           Saturday
           the
           17
           day
           ,
           in
           the
           morning
           we
           called
           a
           meeting
           for
           the
           establishing
           of
           military
           Orders
           amongst
           our selues
           ,
           and
           we
           chose
           
             Miles
             Standish
          
           our
           Captaine
           ,
           and
           gaue
           him
           authoritie
           of
           command
           in
           affayres
           :
           and
           as
           we
           were
           in
           consultation
           here
           abouts
           ,
           two
           Savages
           presented
           themselues
           vpon
           the
           top
           of
           an
           hill
           ,
           over
           against
           our
           Plantation
           ,
           about
           a
           quarter
           of
           a
           myle
           and
           lesse
           ,
           and
           made
           signes
           vnto
           vs
           to
           come
           vnto
           them
           ;
           we
           likewise
           made
           signes
           vnto
           them
           to
           come
           to
           vs
           ,
           whereupon
           we
           armed
           our selues
           ,
           and
           stood
           readie
           ,
           and
           sent
           two
           over
           the
           brooke
           towards
           them
           ,
           to
           wit
           ,
           Captaine
           Standish
           and
           
             Steven
             Hopkins
          
           ,
           who
           went
           towards
           them
           ,
           onely
           one
           of
           them
           had
           a
           Musket
           ,
           which
           they
           layd
           downe
           on
           the
           ground
           in
           their
           sight
           ,
           in
           signe
           of
           peace
           ,
           and
           to
           parley
           with
           them
           ,
           but
           the
           Savages
           would
           not
           tarry
           their
           comming
           :
           a
           noyse
           of
           a
           great
           many
           more
           was
           heard
           behind
           the
           hill
           ,
           but
           no
           more
           came
           in
           sight
           .
           This
           caused
           vs
           to
           plant
           our
           great
           Ordinances
           in
           places
           most
           convenient
           .
        
         
           Wednesday
           the
           21.
           of
           February
           ,
           the
           master
           came
           on
           shore
           with
           many
           of
           his
           Saylers
           ,
           and
           brought
           with
           him
           one
           of
           the
           great
           Peeces
           ,
           called
           a
           Minion
           ,
           and
           helped
           vs
           to
           draw
           it
           vp
           the
           hill
           ,
           with
           another
           Peece
           that
           lay
           on
           shore
           ,
           and
           mounted
           them
           ,
           and
           a
           saller
           and
           two
           bases
           ;
           he
           brought
           with
           him
           a
           very
           fat
           Goose
           to
           eate
           with
           vs
           ,
           and
           we
           had
           a
           fat
           Crane
           ,
           and
           a
           Mallerd
           ,
           and
           a
           dry'd
           neats-tongue
           ,
           and
           so
           wee
           were
           kindly
           and
           friendly
           together
           .
        
         
           Saturday
           the
           third
           of
           March
           ,
           the
           winde
           was
           South
           ,
           the
           morning
           mistie
           ,
           but
           towards
           noone
           warme
           and
           fayre
           weather
           ;
           the
           Birds
           sang
           in
           the
           Woods
           most
           pleasantly
           ;
           at
           one
           of
           the
           Clocke
           it
           thundred
           ,
           which
           was
           the
           first
           wee
           heard
           in
           that
           Countrey
           ,
           it
           was
           strong
           and
           great
           claps
           ,
           but
           short
           ,
           but
           after
           an
           houre
           it
           rayned
           very
           sadly
           till
           midnight
           .
        
         
           Wednesday
           the
           seaventh
           of
           March
           ,
           the
           wind
           was
           full
           East
           ,
           
           cold
           ,
           but
           faire
           ,
           that
           day
           Master
           Carver
           with
           fiue
           other
           went
           to
           the
           great
           Ponds
           ,
           which
           seeme
           to
           be
           excellent
           fishing
           places
           ;
           all
           the
           way
           they
           went
           they
           found
           it
           exceedingly
           beaten
           and
           haunted
           with
           Deere
           ,
           but
           they
           saw
           none
           ;
           amongst
           other
           foule
           ,
           they
           saw
           one
           a
           milke
           white
           foule
           ,
           with
           a
           very
           blacke
           ●●ad
           :
           this
           day
           some
           garden
           seeds
           were
           sowen
           .
        
         
           Fryday
           the
           16.
           a
           fayre
           warme
           day
           towards
           ;
           this
           morning
           we
           determined
           to
           conclude
           of
           the
           military
           Orders
           ,
           which
           we
           had
           began
           to
           consider
           of
           before
           ,
           but
           were
           interrupted
           by
           the
           Savages
           ,
           as
           we
           mentioned
           formerly
           ;
           and
           whilst
           we
           were
           bu●●ed
           here
           about
           ,
           we
           were
           interrupted
           againe
           ,
           for
           there
           presented
           himselfe
           a
           Savage
           ,
           which
           caused
           an
           Alarm
           ,
           he
           very
           boldly
           came
           all
           alone
           and
           along
           the
           houses
           straight
           to
           the
           Randevous
           ,
           where
           we
           intercepted
           him
           ▪
           not
           suffering
           him
           to
           goe
           in
           ,
           as
           vndoubtedly
           he
           would
           ,
           out
           of
           his
           boldnesse
           ,
           hee
           saluted
           vs
           in
           English
           ,
           and
           bad
           vs
           well-come
           ,
           for
           he
           had
           learned
           some
           broken
           English
           amongst
           the
           English
           men
           that
           came
           to
           fish
           at
           Monchiggon
           ,
           and
           knew
           by
           name
           the
           most
           of
           the
           Captaines
           ,
           Commanders
           ,
           &
           Masters
           ,
           that
           vsually
           come
           ,
           he
           was
           a
           man
           free
           in
           speech
           ,
           so
           farre
           as
           he
           could
           expresse
           his
           minde
           ▪
           and
           of
           a
           seemely
           carriage
           ,
           we
           questioned
           him
           of
           many
           things
           ,
           he
           was
           the
           first
           Savage
           we
           could
           meete
           withall
           ;
           he
           sayd
           he
           was
           not
           of
           these
           parts
           ,
           but
           of
           Morattiggon
           ,
           and
           one
           of
           the
           Sagamores
           or
           Lords
           thereof
           ,
           and
           had
           beene
           8.
           moneths
           in
           these
           parts
           ,
           it
           lying
           hence
           a
           dayes
           sayle
           with
           a
           great
           wind
           ,
           and
           fiue
           dayes
           by
           land
           ;
           he
           discoursed
           of
           the
           whole
           Country
           ,
           and
           of
           every
           Province
           ,
           and
           of
           their
           Sagamores
           ,
           and
           their
           number
           of
           men
           ,
           and
           strength
           ▪
           the
           wind
           beginning
           to
           rise
           a
           little
           ,
           we
           cast
           a
           horsemans
           coat
           about
           him
           ,
           for
           he
           was
           starke
           naked
           ,
           onely
           a
           leather
           about
           his
           wast
           ,
           with
           a
           fringe
           about
           a
           span
           long
           ,
           or
           little
           more
           ;
           he
           had
           a
           bow
           &
           2
           arrowes
           ,
           the
           one
           ●eaded
           ,
           and
           the
           other
           vnheaded
           ;
           he
           was
           a
           tall
           straight
           man
           ,
           the
           haire
           of
           his
           head
           blacke
           ,
           long
           behind
           ,
           onely
           short
           before
           ,
           none
           on
           his
           face
           at
           all
           ;
           he
           asked
           some
           beere
           ,
           but
           we
           gaue
           him
           strong
           water
           ,
           and
           bisket
           ,
           and
           butter
           ,
           and
           cheese
           ,
           &
           pudding
           ,
           and
           a
           peece
           of
           a
           mallerd
           ,
           all
           which
           he
           liked
           well
           ,
           and
           had
           bin
           acquainted
           with
           such
           amongst
           the
           English
           ;
           he
           told
           vs
           the
           
           place
           where
           we
           now
           liue
           ,
           is
           called
           ,
           Patuxe●
           ,
           and
           that
           abou●
           foure
           yeares
           agoe
           ,
           all
           the
           Inhabitants
           dyed
           of
           an
           extraordinary
           plague
           ,
           and
           there
           is
           neither
           man
           ,
           woman
           ,
           nor
           childe
           remaining
           as
           indeed
           we
           haue
           found
           none
           ,
           so
           as
           there
           is
           none
           to
           hinder
           our
           possession
           ,
           or
           to
           lay
           claime
           vnto
           it
           ;
           all
           the
           afternoone
           we
           spent
           in
           communication
           with
           him
           ,
           we
           would
           gladly
           haue
           beene
           rid
           of
           him
           at
           night
           ,
           but
           he
           was
           not
           willing
           to
           goe
           this
           night
           ,
           then
           we
           thought
           to
           carry
           him
           on
           ship-boord
           ,
           wherewith
           he
           was
           well
           content
           ,
           and
           went
           into
           the
           Shallop
           ,
           but
           the
           winde
           was
           high
           and
           water
           scant
           ,
           that
           it
           could
           not
           returne
           backe
           :
           we
           lodged
           him
           that
           night
           at
           
             Steven
             Hopkins
          
           house
           ,
           and
           watched
           him
           ;
           the
           next
           day
           he
           went
           away
           backe
           to
           the
           Masasoits
           ,
           from
           whence
           he
           sayd
           he
           came
           ,
           who
           are
           our
           next
           bordering
           neighbours
           :
           they
           are
           sixtie
           strong
           ,
           as
           he
           sayth
           ▪
           the
           Nausites
           are
           as
           neere
           South-east
           of
           them
           ,
           and
           are
           a
           hundred
           strong
           ,
           and
           those
           were
           they
           of
           whom
           our
           people
           were
           encountred
           ,
           as
           we
           before
           related
           .
           They
           are
           much
           incensed
           and
           provoked
           against
           the
           English
           ,
           and
           about
           eyght
           moneths
           agoe
           slew
           three
           English
           men
           and
           two
           more
           hardly
           escaped
           by
           flight
           to
           Monhiggon
           ;
           they
           were
           Sir
           
             Ferdinando
             Gorge
          
           his
           men
           ,
           as
           this
           Savage
           told
           vs
           ,
           as
           he
           did
           likewise
           of
           the
           Huggerie
           ,
           that
           is
           ,
           Fight
           ,
           that
           our
           discoverers
           had
           with
           the
           Nausites
           ,
           &
           of
           our
           tooles
           that
           were
           taken
           out
           of
           the
           woods
           ,
           which
           we
           willed
           him
           should
           be
           brought
           againe
           ,
           otherwise
           ,
           we
           would
           right
           our selues
           .
           These
           people
           are
           ill
           affected
           towards
           the
           English
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           one
           Hunt
           ,
           a
           master
           of
           a
           ship
           ,
           who
           deceived
           the
           people
           ,
           and
           got
           them
           vnder
           colour
           of
           ●ruking
           with
           them
           ,
           twentie
           out
           of
           this
           very
           place
           where
           we
           inhabite
           ,
           and
           seaven
           men
           from
           the
           Nausites
           ,
           and
           carried
           them
           away
           ,
           and
           sold
           them
           for
           slaues
           like
           a
           wretched
           man
           (
           for
           20.
           pound
           a
           man
           )
           that
           cares
           not
           what
           mischiefe
           he
           doth
           for
           hi●
           profit
           .
        
         
           Saturday
           in
           the
           morning
           we
           dismissed
           the
           Salvage
           ,
           and
           gaue
           him
           a
           knife
           ,
           a
           bracelet
           ,
           and
           a
           ring
           ;
           he
           promised
           within
           a
           night
           or
           two
           to
           come
           againe
           ▪
           and
           to
           bring
           with
           him
           some
           of
           the
           Massasoyts
           our
           neighbours
           ,
           with
           such
           Beuers
           skins
           as
           they
           had
           to
           trucke
           with
           vs.
           
        
         
         
           Saturday
           and
           Sunday
           reasonable
           fayre
           dayes
           .
           On
           this
           day
           came
           againe
           the
           Savage
           ,
           and
           brought
           with
           him
           fiue
           other
           tall
           proper
           men
           ,
           they
           had
           every
           man
           a
           Deeres
           skin
           on
           him
           ,
           and
           the
           principall
           of
           them
           had
           a
           wild
           Cats
           skin
           ,
           or
           such
           like
           on
           the
           one
           arme
           ;
           they
           had
           most
           of
           them
           long
           hosen
           vp
           to
           their
           groynes
           ,
           close
           made
           ;
           and
           aboue
           their
           groynes
           to
           their
           wast
           another
           leather
           ,
           they
           were
           altogether
           like
           the
           Irish-trouses
           ;
           they
           are
           of
           complexion
           like
           our
           English
           Gipseys
           ,
           no
           haire
           or
           very
           little
           on
           their
           faces
           ,
           on
           their
           heads
           long
           haire
           to
           their
           shoulders
           ,
           onely
           cut
           before
           some
           trussed
           vp
           before
           with
           a
           feather
           ,
           broad
           wise
           ,
           like
           a
           fanne
           ,
           another
           a
           fox
           tayle
           hanging
           out
           :
           these
           left
           (
           according
           to
           our
           charge
           giuen
           him
           before
           )
           their
           Bowes
           and
           Arrowes
           a
           quarter
           of
           a
           myle
           from
           our
           Towne
           ,
           we
           gaue
           them
           entertaynement
           as
           we
           thought
           was
           sitting
           them
           ,
           they
           did
           eate
           liberally
           of
           our
           English
           victuals
           ,
           they
           made
           semblance
           vnto
           vs
           of
           friendship
           and
           amitie
           ;
           they
           song
           &
           danced
           after
           their
           maner
           like
           Anticks
           ;
           they
           brought
           with
           them
           in
           a
           thing
           like
           a
           Bow-case
           (
           which
           the
           principall
           of
           them
           had
           about
           his
           wast
           )
           a
           little
           of
           their
           Corne
           pownded
           to
           Powder
           ,
           which
           put
           to
           a
           little
           water
           they
           eate
           ;
           he
           had
           a
           little
           Tobacco
           in
           a
           bag
           ,
           but
           none
           of
           them
           drunke
           but
           when
           he
           listed
           ,
           some
           of
           them
           had
           their
           faces
           paynted
           blacke
           ,
           from
           the
           forehead
           to
           the
           chin
           ,
           foure
           or
           fiue
           fingers
           broad
           ;
           others
           after
           other
           fashions
           ,
           as
           they
           liked
           ;
           they
           brought
           three
           or
           foure
           skins
           ,
           but
           we
           would
           not
           trucke
           with
           them
           at
           all
           that
           day
           ,
           but
           wished
           them
           to
           bring
           more
           ,
           and
           we
           would
           trucke
           for
           all
           ,
           which
           they
           promised
           within
           a
           night
           or
           two
           ,
           and
           would
           leaue
           these
           behind
           them
           ,
           though
           we
           were
           not
           willing
           they
           should
           ,
           and
           they
           brought
           vs
           all
           our
           tooles
           againe
           which
           were
           taken
           in
           the
           Woods
           ,
           in
           our
           mens
           absence
           ,
           so
           because
           of
           the
           day
           we
           dismissed
           them
           so
           soone
           as
           we
           could
           .
           But
           Samoset
           our
           first
           acquaintance
           ,
           eyther
           was
           sicke
           ,
           or
           fayned
           himselfe
           so
           ,
           and
           would
           not
           goe
           with
           them
           and
           stayed
           with
           vs
           till
           Wednesday
           morning
           :
           Then
           we
           sent
           him
           to
           them
           ,
           to
           know
           the
           reason
           they
           came
           not
           according
           to
           their
           words
           ,
           and
           we
           gaue
           him
           an
           hat
           ,
           a
           payre
           of
           stockings
           and
           shooes
           ,
           a
           shirt
           ,
           and
           a
           peece
           of
           cloth
           to
           tie
           about
           his
           wast
           .
        
         
         
           The
           Sabboth
           day
           ,
           when
           we
           sent
           them
           from
           vs
           ,
           wee
           gaue
           every
           one
           of
           them
           some
           trifles
           ,
           especially
           ,
           the
           principall
           of
           them
           ,
           we
           carried
           them
           along
           with
           our
           Armes
           to
           the
           place
           where
           they
           left
           their
           Bowes
           and
           Arrowes
           ,
           whereat
           they
           were
           amazed
           ,
           and
           two
           of
           them
           began
           to
           slinke
           away
           ,
           but
           that
           the
           other
           called
           them
           ,
           when
           they
           tooke
           their
           Arrowes
           ,
           we
           bad
           them
           farewell
           ,
           and
           they
           were
           glad
           ,
           and
           so
           with
           many
           thankes
           giuen
           vs
           they
           departed
           ,
           with
           promise
           they
           would
           come
           againe
           .
        
         
           Munday
           and
           tuesday
           proved
           fayre
           dayes
           ,
           we
           digged
           on●
           grounds
           ,
           and
           sowed
           our
           garden
           seeds
           .
        
         
           Wednesday
           a
           fine
           warme
           day
           ,
           we
           sent
           away
           Samose●
           .
        
         
           That
           day
           we
           had
           againe
           a
           meeting
           ,
           to
           conclude
           of
           lawes
           and
           orders
           for
           our selues
           ,
           and
           to
           confirme
           those
           Military
           Orders
           that
           were
           formerly
           propounded
           ,
           and
           twise
           broken
           off
           by
           the
           Savages
           comming
           ,
           but
           so
           we
           were
           againe
           the
           third
           time
           ,
           for
           after
           we
           had
           beene
           an
           houre
           together
           ,
           on
           the
           top
           of
           the
           hill
           over
           against
           vs
           two
           or
           three
           Savages
           presented
           themselues
           ,
           that
           made
           semblance
           of
           daring
           vs
           ,
           as
           we
           thought
           ,
           so
           Captaine
           Standish
           with
           another
           ,
           with
           their
           Muskets
           went
           over
           to
           them
           ,
           with
           two
           of
           the
           masters
           mates
           that
           follows
           them
           without
           Armes
           ,
           having
           two
           Muskets
           with
           them
           ,
           they
           wherted
           and
           rubbed
           their
           Arrowes
           and
           Strings
           ,
           and
           made
           shew
           of
           defiance
           ,
           but
           when
           our
           men
           drew
           nere
           them
           ,
           they
           ranne
           away
           .
           Thus
           we
           were
           againe
           interrupted
           by
           them
           ;
           this
           day
           with
           much
           adoe
           we
           got
           our
           Carpenter
           that
           had
           beene
           long
           sicke
           of
           the
           scurvey
           ,
           to
           fit
           our
           Shallop
           ,
           to
           fetch
           all
           from
           aboord
           .
        
         
           Thursday
           the
           22.
           of
           March
           ,
           was
           a
           very
           fayre
           warme
           day
           .
           About
           noone
           we
           met
           againe
           about
           our
           publique
           businesse
           ,
           but
           we
           had
           scarc●
           beene
           an
           houre
           together
           ,
           but
           Samoset
           came
           againe
           ,
           and
           Squanto
           .
           the
           onely
           natiue
           of
           Patuxat
           ,
           where
           we
           now
           inhabite
           ,
           who
           was
           one
           of
           the
           twentie
           Captiues
           that
           by
           Hunt
           were
           carried
           away
           ,
           and
           had
           beene
           in
           England
           &
           dwelt
           in
           Cornehill
           with
           master
           
             Iohn
             Sla●ie
          
           a
           Marchant
           ,
           and
           could
           speake
           a
           little
           English
           ,
           with
           three
           others
           ,
           and
           they
           brought
           with
           them
           some
           few
           skinnes
           to
           trucke
           ,
           and
           some
           red
           Herrings
           
           newly
           taken
           and
           dryed
           ,
           but
           not
           salted
           ,
           and
           signified
           vnto
           vs
           ,
           that
           their
           great
           Sagamore
           Masasoyt
           was
           hard
           by
           ,
           with
           Quadequina
           his
           brother
           ,
           and
           all
           their
           men
           .
           They
           could
           not
           well
           expresse
           in
           English
           what
           they
           would
           ,
           but
           after
           an
           houre
           the
           King
           came
           to
           the
           top
           of
           an
           hill
           over
           against
           vs
           ,
           and
           had
           in
           his
           trayne
           sixtie
           men
           ,
           that
           wee
           could
           well
           behold
           them
           ▪
           and
           they
           vs
           :
           we
           were
           not
           willing
           to
           send
           our
           governour
           to
           them
           ,
           and
           they
           vnwilling
           to
           come
           to
           vs
           ,
           so
           Squanto
           went
           againe
           vnto
           him
           ,
           who
           brought
           word
           that
           wee
           should
           send
           one
           to
           parley
           with
           him
           ,
           which
           we
           did
           ,
           which
           was
           
             Edward
             Winsloe
          
           ,
           to
           know
           his
           mind
           ,
           and
           to
           signifie
           the
           mind
           and
           will
           of
           our
           governour
           ,
           which
           was
           to
           haue
           trading
           and
           peace
           with
           him
           .
           We
           sent
           to
           the
           King
           a
           payre
           of
           Kniues
           ,
           and
           a
           Copper
           Chayne
           ,
           with
           a
           Iewell
           at
           it
           .
           To
           Quadequina
           we
           sent
           likewise
           a
           Knife
           and
           a
           Iewell
           to
           hang
           in
           his
           eare
           ,
           and
           withall
           a
           Pot
           of
           strong
           water
           ,
           a
           good
           quantitie
           of
           Bisket
           ,
           and
           some
           butter
           ,
           which
           were
           all
           willingly
           accepted
           :
           our
           Messenger
           made
           a
           speech
           vnto
           him
           ,
           that
           King
           IAMES
           saluted
           him
           with
           words
           of
           loue
           and
           Peace
           ,
           and
           did
           accept
           of
           him
           as
           his
           Friend
           and
           Alie
           ,
           and
           that
           our
           Governour
           desired
           to
           see
           him
           and
           to
           trucke
           with
           him
           ,
           and
           to
           confirme
           a
           Peace
           with
           him
           ,
           as
           his
           next
           neighbour
           :
           he
           liked
           well
           of
           the
           speech
           and
           heard
           it
           attentiuely
           ▪
           though
           the
           Interpreters
           did
           not
           well
           expresse
           it
           ;
           after
           he
           had
           eaten
           and
           drunke
           himselfe
           ,
           and
           giuen
           the
           rest
           to
           his
           company
           ,
           he
           looked
           vpon
           our
           messengers
           sword
           and
           armour
           which
           he
           had
           on
           ,
           with
           intimation
           of
           his
           desire
           to
           buy
           it
           ,
           but
           on
           the
           other
           side
           ,
           our
           messenger
           shewed
           his
           vnwillingnes
           to
           part
           with
           it
           :
           In
           the
           end
           he
           left
           him
           in
           the
           custodie
           of
           Quadequina
           his
           brother
           ,
           and
           came
           over
           the
           brooke
           ,
           and
           some
           twentie
           men
           following
           him
           ,
           leaving
           all
           their
           Bowes
           and
           Arrowes
           behind
           them
           .
           We
           kept
           six
           or
           seaven
           as
           hostages
           for
           our
           messenger
           ;
           Captaine
           Standish
           and
           master
           Williamson
           met
           the
           King
           at
           the
           brooke
           ,
           with
           halfe
           a
           dosen
           Musketiers
           ,
           they
           saluted
           him
           and
           he
           them
           ,
           so
           one
           going
           over
           ,
           the
           one
           on
           the
           one
           side
           ,
           and
           the
           other
           on
           the
           other
           ,
           conducted
           him
           to
           a●
           house
           then
           in
           building
           ,
           where
           we
           placed
           a
           greene
           Rugge
           ,
           and
           three
           or
           foure
           Cushions
           ,
           then
           instantly
           came
           our
           
           Governour
           with
           Drumme
           and
           Trumpet
           after
           him
           ,
           and
           some
           few
           Musketiers
           .
           After
           salutations
           ,
           our
           Governour
           kissing
           his
           hand
           ,
           the
           King
           kissed
           him
           ,
           and
           so
           they
           sat
           downe
           .
           The
           Governour
           called
           for
           some
           strong
           water
           ,
           and
           drunke
           to
           him
           ,
           and
           he
           drunke
           a
           great
           draught
           that
           made
           him
           sweate
           all
           the
           while
           after
           ,
           he
           called
           for
           a
           little
           fresh
           meate
           ,
           which
           the
           King
           did
           eate
           willingly
           ,
           and
           did
           giue
           his
           followers
           .
           Then
           they
           treated
           of
           Peace
           ,
           which
           was
           ;
           
             
               1.
               
               That
               neyther
               he
               nor
               any
               of
               hi●
               should
               iniure
               or
               doe
               hurt
               to
               any
               of
               our
               people
               .
               
            
             
               2.
               
               And
               if
               any
               of
               his
               did
               hurt
               to
               any
               of
               ours
               ,
               he
               should
               send
               the
               offender
               ,
               that
               we
               might
               punish
               him
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               That
               if
               any
               of
               our
               Tooles
               were
               taken
               away
               when
               our
               people
               were
               at
               worke
               ,
               he
               should
               cause
               them
               to
               be
               restored
               ,
               and
               if
               ours
               did
               any
               harme
               to
               any
               of
               his
               ,
               wee
               would
               doe
               the
               like
               to
               them
               .
            
             
               4.
               
               If
               any
               did
               vniustly
               warre
               against
               him
               ,
               we
               would
               ayde
               him
               ;
               If
               any
               did
               warre
               against
               vs
               ,
               he
               should
               aydeys
               .
            
             
               5.
               
               He
               should
               send
               to
               his
               neighbour
               Confederates
               ,
               to
               certifie
               them
               of
               this
               ,
               that
               they
               might
               not
               wrong
               vs
               ,
               but
               might
               be
               likewise
               comprised
               in
               the
               conditions
               of
               Peace
               .
            
             
               6.
               
               That
               when
               their
               men
               came
               to
               vs
               ,
               they
               should
               leaue
               their
               Bowes
               and
               Arrowes
               behind
               them
               ,
               as
               wee
               should
               doe
               our
               Peeces
               when
               we
               came
               to
               them
               .
            
          
        
         
           Lastly
           ,
           that
           doing
           thu●
           ,
           King
           IAMES
           would
           esteeme
           of
           him
           as
           his
           friend
           and
           Alie
           :
           all
           which
           the
           King
           seemed
           to
           like
           well
           ,
           and
           it
           was
           applauded
           of
           his
           followers
           ,
           all
           the
           while
           he
           sat
           by
           the
           Governour
           he
           trembled
           for
           feare
           :
           In
           his
           person
           he
           is
           a
           very
           lustie
           man
           ,
           in
           his
           best
           yeares
           ,
           an
           able
           body
           ,
           graue
           of
           countenance
           ,
           and
           spare
           of
           speech
           :
           In
           his
           Attyre
           little
           or
           nothing
           differing
           from
           the
           rest
           of
           his
           followers
           ,
           only
           in
           a
           great
           Chaine
           of
           white
           bone
           Beades
           about
           his
           necke
           ,
           and
           at
           it
           behinde
           his
           necke
           ,
           hangs
           a
           little
           bagg
           of
           Tobacco
           ,
           which
           he
           dranke
           and
           gaue
           vs
           to
           drinke
           ;
           his
           face
           was
           paynted
           with
           a
           sad
           red
           like
           murry
           ,
           and
           oyled
           both
           head
           and
           face
           ,
           that
           hee
           looked
           greasily
           ;
           All
           his
           followers
           likewise
           ,
           were
           in
           their
           faces
           ,
           in
           part
           or
           in
           whole
           painted
           ,
           some
           blacke
           ,
           some
           
           red
           ,
           some
           yellow
           ,
           and
           some
           white
           ,
           some
           with
           crosses
           ,
           and
           other
           Antick
           workes
           ,
           some
           had
           skins
           on
           them
           ,
           and
           some
           naked
           ,
           all
           strong
           ,
           tall
           ,
           all
           men
           in
           appearance
           :
           so
           after
           all
           was
           done
           ,
           the
           Governour
           conducted
           him
           to
           the
           Brooke
           ,
           and
           there
           they
           embraced
           each
           other
           and
           he
           departed
           :
           we
           diligently
           keeping
           our
           hostages
           ,
           wee
           expected
           our
           messengers
           comming
           ,
           but
           anon
           word
           was
           brought
           vs
           ,
           that
           Quaddequina
           was
           comming
           ,
           and
           our
           messenger
           was
           stayed
           till
           his
           returne
           ,
           who
           presently
           came
           and
           a
           troupe
           with
           him
           ,
           so
           likewise
           wee
           entertained
           him
           ,
           and
           convayed
           him
           to
           the
           place
           prepared
           ;
           he
           was
           very
           fearefull
           of
           our
           peeces
           ,
           and
           made
           signes
           of
           dislike
           ,
           that
           they
           should
           be
           carried
           away
           ,
           whereupon
           Commandement
           was
           given
           ,
           they
           should
           be
           layd
           away
           .
           He
           was
           a
           very
           proper
           tall
           young
           man
           ,
           of
           a
           very
           modest
           and
           seemely
           countenance
           ,
           and
           he
           did
           kindely
           like
           of
           our
           entertainement
           ,
           so
           we
           convayed
           him
           likewise
           as
           wee
           did
           the
           King
           ,
           but
           diuers
           of
           their
           people
           stayed
           still
           ,
           when
           hee
           was
           returned
           ,
           then
           they
           dismissed
           our
           messenger
           .
           Two
           of
           his
           people
           would
           haue
           stayed
           all
           night
           ,
           but
           we
           would
           not
           suffer
           it
           :
           one
           thing
           I
           forgot
           ,
           the
           King
           had
           in
           his
           bosome
           hanging
           in
           a
           string
           ,
           a
           great
           long
           knife
           ,
           hee
           marveiled
           much
           at
           our
           Trumpet
           ,
           and
           some
           of
           ●●men
           would
           sound
           it
           as
           well
           as
           they
           could
           ,
           Samoset
           and
           Squanto
           ,
           they
           stayed
           al
           night
           with
           vs
           ,
           and
           the
           King
           and
           al
           his
           men
           lay
           all
           night
           in
           the
           woods
           ,
           not
           aboue
           halfe
           an
           English
           myle
           from
           vs
           ,
           and
           all
           their
           wiues
           and
           women
           with
           them
           ,
           they
           sayd
           that
           within
           8.
           or
           9.
           dayes
           ,
           they
           would
           come
           and
           set
           corne
           on
           the
           other
           side
           of
           the
           Brooke
           ,
           and
           dwell
           there
           all
           Summer
           ,
           which
           is
           hard
           by
           vs
           :
           That
           night
           we
           kept
           good
           watch
           ,
           but
           there
           was
           no
           appearance
           of
           danger
           ;
           the
           next
           morning
           divers
           of
           their
           people
           came
           over
           to
           vs
           ,
           hoping
           to
           get
           some
           victuales
           as
           wee
           imagined
           ,
           som
           of
           them
           told
           vs
           the
           King
           would
           haue
           some
           of
           vs
           come
           see
           him
           ;
           Captaine
           Standish
           and
           
             Isaack
             Alderton
          
           went
           venterously
           ,
           who
           were
           welcommed
           of
           him
           after
           their
           manner
           :
           he
           gaue
           them
           three
           or
           foure
           ground
           Nuts
           ,
           and
           some
           Tobacco
           .
           Wee
           cannot
           yet
           conceiue
           ,
           but
           that
           he
           is
           willing
           to
           haue
           peace
           with
           vs
           ,
           for
           they
           haue
           seene
           our
           people
           sometimes
           alone
           two
           or
           three
           in
           
           the
           woods
           at
           worke
           and
           fowling
           ,
           when
           as
           they
           offered
           them
           no
           harme
           as
           they
           might
           easily
           haue
           done
           ,
           and
           especially
           because
           hee
           hath
           a
           potent
           Adversary
           the
           N●●●h●g●●seis
           ,
           that
           are
           at
           warre
           with
           him
           ,
           against
           whom
           hee
           thinkes
           wee
           may
           be
           some
           strength
           to
           him
           ,
           for
           our
           peeces
           are
           terrible
           vnto
           them
           ;
           this
           morning
           ,
           they
           stayed
           till
           ten
           or
           eleuen
           of
           the
           Clocke
           ,
           and
           our
           Governour
           bid
           them
           send
           the
           Kings
           kettle
           ,
           and
           filled
           it
           full
           of
           pease
           ,
           which
           pleased
           them
           well
           ,
           and
           so
           they
           went
           their
           way
           .
        
         
           Fryday
           was
           a
           very
           faire
           day
           ,
           Samoset
           and
           Squanto
           still
           remained
           with
           vs
           ,
           Squanto
           went
           at
           noone
           to
           fish
           for
           Eeles
           ,
           at
           night
           he
           came
           home
           with
           as
           many
           as
           he
           could
           well
           lift
           in
           one
           hand
           ,
           which
           our
           people
           were
           glad
           of
           ,
           they
           were
           fat
           &
           sweet
           ,
           he
           trod
           them
           out
           with
           his
           feete
           ,
           and
           so
           caught
           them
           with
           his
           hands
           without
           any
           other
           Instrument
           ,
        
         
           This
           day
           we
           proceeded
           on
           with
           our
           common
           businesse
           ,
           from
           which
           we
           had
           beene
           so
           often
           hindred
           by
           the
           Salvage●
           comming
           ,
           and
           concluded
           both
           of
           Military
           orders
           ,
           and
           of
           some
           Lawes
           and
           Orders
           as
           wee
           thought
           behoofefull
           for
           our
           present
           estate
           ,
           and
           condition
           ,
           and
           did
           likewise
           choose
           our
           Governour
           for
           this
           yeare
           ,
           which
           was
           Master
           
             Iohn
             Carver
          
           a
           man
           well
           approoved
           amongst
           vs.
           
        
         
           
           
             A
             IOVRNEY
             TO
             PACKANOKIK
             ,
             The
             Habitation
             of
             the
             Great
             King
             MASSASOYT
             .
             As
             also
             our
             Message
             ,
             the
             Answere
             and
             intertainement
             wee
             had
             of
             HIM
             .
          
           
             IT
             seemed
             good
             to
             the
             Company
             for
             many
             considerations
             to
             send
             some
             amongst
             them
             to
             Massasoyt
             ,
             the
             greatest
             Commander
             amongst
             the
             Savages
             ,
             bordering
             about
             vs
             ;
             partly
             to
             know
             where
             to
             find
             them
             ,
             if
             occasion
             served
             ,
             as
             also
             to
             see
             their
             strength
             ,
             discover
             the
             Country
             ,
             prevent
             abuses
             in
             their
             disorderly
             comming
             vnto
             vs
             ,
             make
             satisfaction
             for
             some
             conceived
             jniuries
             to
             be
             done
             on
             our
             parts
             ,
             and
             to
             continue
             the
             league
             of
             Peace
             and
             Friendship
             betweene
             them
             and
             vs.
             For
             these
             ,
             and
             the
             like
             ends
             ,
             it
             pleased
             the
             Governour
             to
             make
             choice
             of
             
               Steven
               Hopkins
            
             ,
             &
             
               Edward
               Winslo●
            
             to
             goe
             vnto
             him
             ,
             and
             having
             a
             fit
             opportunitie
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             a
             Savage
             ,
             called
             Tisquantum
             (
             that
             could
             speake
             English
             )
             comming
             vnto
             vs
             ;
             with
             all
             expedition
             provided
             a
             Horse-mans
             coat
             ,
             of
             red
             Cotton
             ,
             and
             laced
             with
             a
             slight
             lace
             for
             a
             present
             ,
             that
             both
             they
             and
             their
             message
             might
             be
             the
             more
             acceptable
             amongst
             them
             .
             The
             Message
             was
             as
             followeth
             ;
             That
             forasmuch
             as
             his
             subiects
             came
             often
             and
             without
             feare
             ,
             vpon
             all
             occasions
             amongst
             vs
             ,
             so
             wee
             were
             now
             come
             vnto
             him
             ,
             and
             in
             witnesse
             of
             the
             loue
             and
             good
             will
             the
             English
             beare
             vnto
             him
             ,
             the
             Governour
             hath
             sent
             him
             a
             coat
             ,
             desiring
             that
             the
             Peace
             and
             Amitte
             that
             was
             
             betweene
             them
             and
             vs
             might
             be
             continued
             ,
             not
             that
             we
             feared
             them
             ,
             but
             because
             we
             intended
             not
             to
             iniure
             any
             ,
             desiring
             to
             liue
             peaceably
             :
             and
             as
             with
             all
             men
             ,
             so
             especially
             with
             them
             our
             neerest
             neighbours
             .
             But
             whereas
             his
             people
             came
             very
             often
             ,
             and
             very
             many
             together
             vnto
             vs
             ,
             bringing
             for
             the
             most
             part
             their
             wiues
             and
             children
             with
             them
             ,
             they
             were
             well
             come
             ;
             yet
             we
             being
             but
             strangers
             as
             yet
             at
             
               Patuxet
               ,
               alias
               New
               Plimmoth
            
             ,
             and
             not
             knowing
             how
             our
             Corne
             might
             prosper
             ,
             we
             could
             no
             longer
             giue
             them
             such
             entertainment
             as
             we
             had
             done
             ,
             and
             as
             we
             desired
             still
             to
             doe
             :
             yet
             if
             he
             would
             be
             pleased
             to
             come
             himselfe
             ,
             or
             any
             speciall
             friend
             of
             his
             desired
             to
             see
             vs
             ,
             comming
             from
             him
             they
             should
             be
             wellcome
             ;
             and
             to
             the
             end
             wee
             might
             know
             them
             from
             others
             ,
             our
             Governour
             had
             sent
             him
             a
             copper
             Chayne
             ,
             desiring
             if
             any
             Messenger
             should
             come
             from
             him
             to
             vs
             ,
             we
             might
             know
             him
             by
             bringing
             it
             with
             him
             ,
             and
             hearken
             and
             giue
             credite
             to
             his
             Message
             accordingly
             .
             Also
             requesting
             him
             that
             such
             as
             haue
             ●kin●
             ,
             should
             bring
             them
             to
             vs
             ,
             and
             that
             he
             would
             hinder
             the
             multitude
             from
             oppressing
             vs
             with
             them
             .
             And
             whereas
             as
             our
             first
             arrivall
             at
             Pao●i●t
             (
             called
             by
             vs
             
               Cape
               ●od
            
             )
             we
             found
             there
             Corne
             buried
             in
             the
             ground
             ,
             and
             finding
             no
             inhabitants
             but
             some
             graues
             of
             dead
             now
             buryed
             ,
             tooke
             the
             Corne
             ,
             resolving
             if
             ever
             we
             could
             heare
             of
             any
             that
             had
             right
             thereunto
             ,
             to
             make
             satisfaction
             to
             the
             full
             for
             it
             ,
             yet
             since
             we
             vnderstand
             the
             owners
             thereof
             were
             fled
             for
             feare
             of
             vs
             ,
             our
             desire
             was
             either
             to
             pay
             them
             with
             the
             like
             quantitie
             of
             corne
             ,
             English
             meale
             ,
             or
             any
             other
             Commodities
             we
             had
             to
             pleasure
             them
             withall
             ;
             requesting
             him
             that
             some
             one
             of
             his
             men
             might
             signifie
             so
             much
             vnto
             them
             ,
             and
             wee
             would
             content
             him
             for
             his
             paines
             .
             And
             last
             of
             all
             ,
             our
             Gouernour
             requested
             one
             favour
             of
             him
             ,
             which
             was
             ,
             that
             he
             would
             exchange
             some
             of
             their
             Corne
             for
             seede
             with
             us
             ,
             that
             we
             might
             make
             tryall
             which
             best
             agreed
             with
             the
             foyle
             where
             we
             liue
             .
          
           
             With
             these
             presents
             and
             message
             we
             set
             forward
             the
             tenth
             Iune
             ,
             about
             9.
             a
             clocke
             in
             the
             Morning
             ,
             our
             guide
             resolving
             that
             night
             to
             rest
             at
             Namasches
             ,
             a
             Towne
             vnder
             Massasoyt
             ,
             and
             conceived
             by
             vs
             to
             bee
             very
             neere
             ,
             because
             the
             
             Inhabitants
             flocked
             so
             thicke
             vpon
             every
             slight
             occasion
             amongst
             vs
             :
             but
             wee
             found
             it
             to
             bee
             some
             fifteene
             English
             myles
             .
             On
             the
             way
             we
             found
             some
             ten
             or
             twelue
             men
             women
             and
             children
             ,
             which
             had
             pestered
             vs
             ,
             till
             wee
             were
             wearie
             of
             them
             ,
             perceiving
             that
             (
             as
             the
             manner
             of
             them
             all
             is
             )
             where
             victuall
             is
             easiliest
             to
             be
             got
             ,
             there
             they
             liue
             ,
             especially
             in
             the
             Summer
             :
             by
             reason
             whereof
             our
             ●ay
             affording
             many
             Lobsters
             ,
             they
             resort
             every
             spring
             tide
             thither
             :
             &
             now
             returned
             with
             vs
             to
             Namaschet
             .
             Thither
             we
             came
             about
             3.
             a
             clock
             after
             noone
             ▪
             the
             Inhabitants
             entertaining
             vs
             with
             ioy
             ,
             in
             the
             best
             manner
             they
             could
             ,
             giving
             vs
             a
             kinde
             of
             bread
             called
             by
             them
             Maixium
             ,
             and
             the
             spawne
             of
             Shade
             ,
             which
             then
             they
             got
             in
             abundance
             ,
             in
             so
             much
             as
             they
             gaue
             vs
             spoones
             to
             eate
             them
             ,
             with
             these
             they
             boyled
             mustie
             Acorns
             ,
             but
             of
             the
             Shads
             we
             eate
             heartily
             .
             After
             this
             they
             desired
             one
             of
             our
             men
             to
             shoote
             at
             a
             Crow
             ,
             complaining
             what
             damage
             they
             sustained
             in
             their
             Corne
             by
             them
             ,
             who
             shooting
             some
             fourescore
             off
             and
             killing
             ,
             they
             much
             admired
             it
             ,
             as
             other
             shots
             on
             other
             occasions
             .
             After
             this
             Tisquantum
             told
             vs
             we
             should
             hardly
             in
             one
             day
             reach
             Pakanokick
             ,
             moving
             vs
             to
             goe
             some
             8.
             myles
             further
             ,
             where
             we
             should
             finde
             more
             store
             and
             better
             victuals
             then
             there
             :
             Being
             willing
             to
             hasten
             our
             Iourney
             we
             went
             ,
             and
             came
             thither
             at
             Sunne
             setting
             ,
             where
             we
             found
             many
             of
             the
             Namaschecks
             (
             they
             so
             calling
             the
             men
             of
             Namaschet
             )
             fishing
             vppon
             a
             Ware
             which
             they
             had
             made
             on
             a
             River
             which
             belonged
             to
             them
             ,
             where
             they
             caught
             abundance
             of
             Basse.
             These
             welcommed
             vs
             also
             ,
             gaue
             vs
             of
             their
             fish
             ,
             and
             we
             them
             of
             our
             victuals
             ,
             not
             doubting
             but
             w●
             should
             haue
             enough
             where
             ere
             we
             came
             .
             There
             we
             lodged
             in
             the
             open
             fieldes
             :
             for
             houses
             they
             had
             none
             ,
             though
             they
             spent
             the
             most
             of
             the
             Summer
             there
             .
             The
             head
             of
             this
             River
             is
             reported
             to
             bee
             not
             farre
             from
             the
             place
             of
             our
             abode
             ,
             vpon
             it
             are
             ,
             and
             haue
             beene
             many
             Townes
             ,
             it
             being
             a
             good
             length
             .
             The
             ground
             〈◊〉
             good
             on
             both
             sides
             ,
             it
             being
             for
             the
             most
             part
             cleered
             :
             Thousands
             of
             men
             have
             lived
             there
             ,
             which
             dyed
             in
             a
             great
             plague
             not
             long
             since
             :
             and
             pitty
             it
             was
             and
             is
             to
             ●ee
             ,
             so
             many
             goodly
             ,
             fieldes
             ,
             &
             so
             well
             seated
             ,
             without
             
             men
             to
             dresse
             and
             manure
             the
             same
             .
             Vppon
             this
             River
             dwelleth
             Massasoyt
             :
             It
             commeth
             into
             the
             Sea
             at
             the
             Narrohiganset
             Bay
             ,
             where
             the
             French
             men
             so
             much
             vse
             .
             A
             shipp
             may
             goe
             many
             myles
             vp
             it
             ,
             as
             the
             Salvages
             report
             ,
             and
             a
             shallop
             to
             the
             head
             of
             it
             :
             but
             so
             farre
             as
             wee
             saw
             ,
             wee
             are
             sure
             a
             Shallop
             may
             .
          
           
             But
             to
             returne
             to
             our
             Iourney
             :
             The
             next
             morning
             wee
             brake
             our
             fast
             ,
             tooke
             our
             leaue
             and
             departed
             ,
             being
             then
             accompanied
             with
             some
             sixe
             Salvages
             ,
             having
             gone
             about
             sixe
             myles
             by
             the
             Riverside
             ,
             at
             a
             knowne
             shole
             place
             ,
             it
             beeing
             low
             water
             ,
             they
             spake
             to
             vs
             to
             put
             off
             our
             breeches
             ,
             for
             wee
             must
             wade
             thorow
             .
             Heere
             let
             me
             not
             forget
             the
             vallour
             and
             courrage
             of
             some
             of
             the
             Salvage●
             ,
             on
             the
             opposite
             side
             of
             the
             river
             ,
             for
             there
             were
             remaining
             aliue
             only
             2.
             men
             ,
             both
             aged
             ,
             especially
             the
             one
             being
             aboue
             threescore
             ;
             These
             two
             espying
             a
             company
             of
             men
             entring
             the
             River
             ,
             ran
             very
             swiftly
             &
             low
             in
             the
             grasse
             to
             meete
             vs
             at
             the
             banck
             ,
             where
             with
             sh●ll
             voyces
             and
             great
             courage
             standing
             charged
             vppon
             vs
             with
             their
             bowes
             ,
             they
             demaunded
             what
             we
             were
             ,
             supposing
             vs
             to
             be
             enemies
             ,
             and
             thinking
             to
             take
             advantage
             on
             vs
             in
             the
             water
             :
             but
             seeing
             we
             were
             friends
             ,
             they
             welcommed
             vs
             with
             such
             foode
             as
             they
             had
             ,
             and
             we
             bestowed
             a
             small
             bracelet
             of
             Beades
             on
             them
             .
             Thus
             farre
             wee
             are
             sure
             the
             ●ide
             ●bs
             and
             flowes
             .
          
           
             Having
             here
             againe
             refreshed
             our selves
             we
             proceeded
             in
             our
             Iourney
             ,
             the
             weather
             being
             very
             hote
             for
             travell
             ,
             yet
             the
             Country
             so
             well
             watered
             that
             a
             man
             could
             scarce
             be
             drie
             ,
             but
             he
             should
             haue
             a
             spring
             at
             hand
             to
             coole
             his
             thirst
             ,
             beside
             smal
             Rivers
             in
             abundance
             :
             But
             the
             Salvages
             will
             not
             willingly
             drinke
             ,
             but
             at
             a
             spring
             head
             .
             When
             wee
             came
             to
             any
             small
             Brooke
             where
             no
             bridge
             was
             ,
             two
             of
             them
             desired
             to
             carry
             vs
             through
             of
             their
             owne
             accords
             ,
             also
             fearing
             wee
             were
             or
             would
             be
             weary
             ,
             offered
             to
             carry
             our
             peeces
             ,
             also
             if
             we
             would
             lay
             off
             any
             of
             our
             clothes
             ,
             we
             should
             haue
             them
             carried
             :
             and
             as
             the
             one
             of
             them
             had
             found
             more
             speciall
             kindnesse
             from
             one
             of
             the
             Messengers
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             Salvage
             from
             the
             other
             so
             they
             shewed
             their
             thankefulnesse
             accordingly
             in
             affording
             
             v●
             all
             helpe
             ,
             and
             furtherance
             in
             the
             Iourney
             .
          
           
             As
             we
             passed
             along
             ,
             we
             observed
             that
             there
             were
             few
             places
             by
             the
             River
             ,
             but
             had
             beene
             inhabited
             ,
             by
             reason
             whereof
             ,
             much
             ground
             was
             cleare
             ,
             saue
             of
             weedes
             which
             grewe
             higher
             then
             our
             heads
             .
             There
             is
             much
             good
             Timber
             both
             Oake
             ,
             Wallnut-tree
             ,
             Firre
             ,
             Beech
             ,
             and
             exceeding
             great
             Chessnut-trees
             .
             The
             Country
             in
             respect
             of
             the
             lying
             of
             it
             ,
             is
             both
             Champani●
             and
             hilly
             ,
             like
             many
             places
             in
             England
             .
             In
             some
             places
             it
             s
             very
             rockie
             both
             aboue
             ground
             and
             in
             it
             :
             And
             though
             the
             Countrey
             bee
             wilde
             and
             over-growne
             with
             woods
             ,
             yet
             the
             trees
             stand
             not
             thicke
             ,
             but
             a
             man
             may
             well
             ride
             a
             horse
             amongst
             them
             .
          
           
             Passing
             on
             at
             length
             ,
             one
             of
             the
             Company
             an
             Indian
             espied
             a
             man
             ,
             and
             ●old
             the
             rest
             of
             it
             ,
             we
             asked
             them
             if
             they
             fea●ed
             any
             ,
             they
             told
             vs
             that
             if
             they
             were
             Narrohigganset
             ,
             men
             they
             would
             not
             trust
             them
             ,
             whereat
             ,
             we
             called
             for
             our
             peeces
             and
             bid
             them
             not
             to
             feare
             ;
             for
             though
             they
             were
             twenty
             ,
             we
             two
             alone
             would
             not
             care
             for
             them
             :
             but
             they
             hayling
             him
             ,
             hee
             prooved
             a
             friend
             ,
             and
             had
             onely
             two
             women
             with
             him
             :
             their
             baskets
             were
             empty
             ,
             but
             they
             fetched
             water
             in
             their
             bottels
             ,
             so
             that
             we
             dranke
             with
             them
             and
             departed
             .
             After
             we
             met
             another
             man
             with
             other
             two
             women
             ,
             which
             had
             beene
             at
             Rand●vow
             by
             the
             salt
             water
             ,
             and
             their
             baskets
             were
             full
             of
             rosted
             Crab
             fishes
             ,
             and
             other
             dryed
             shell
             fish
             ,
             of
             which
             they
             gaue
             vs
             ,
             and
             wee
             eate
             and
             dranke
             with
             them
             :
             and
             gaue
             each
             of
             the
             women
             a
             string
             of
             Beades
             ,
             and
             departed
             .
          
           
             After
             wee
             came
             to
             a
             Towne
             of
             Massasoyts
             ,
             where
             we
             eat
             Oysters
             and
             other
             fish
             .
             From
             thence
             we
             went
             to
             Packanokick
             ,
             but
             Massasoyt
             was
             not
             at
             home
             ,
             there
             we
             stayed
             he
             being
             sen●
             for
             :
             when
             newes
             was
             brought
             of
             his
             comming
             ,
             our
             guide
             Tisquantum
             requested
             that
             at
             our
             meeting
             ,
             wee
             would
             discharge
             our
             peeces
             ,
             but
             one
             of
             vs
             going
             about
             to
             charge
             his
             peece
             ,
             the
             women
             and
             children
             through
             feare
             to
             see
             him
             take
             vpp
             his
             peece
             ,
             ran
             away
             ,
             and
             could
             not
             bee
             p●cified
             ,
             till
             hee
             layd
             it
             downe
             againe
             ,
             who
             afterward
             were
             better
             informed
             by
             our
             Interpreter
             .
          
           
             Massasoyt
             being
             come
             ,
             wee
             discharged
             our
             Peeces
             ,
             and
             
             saluted
             him
             ,
             who
             after
             their
             manner
             kindly
             well
             commed
             vs
             ,
             and
             tooke
             vs
             into
             his
             house
             ,
             and
             set
             vs
             downe
             by
             him
             ,
             where
             having
             delivered
             our
             foresayd
             Message
             ,
             and
             Presents
             ,
             and
             having
             put
             the
             Coat
             on
             his
             backe
             ,
             and
             the
             Chayne
             about
             his
             necke
             ,
             he
             was
             not
             a
             little
             proud
             to
             behold
             himselfe
             ,
             and
             his
             men
             also
             to
             see
             their
             King
             so
             brauely
             attyred
             .
          
           
             For
             answere
             to
             our
             Message
             ,
             he
             told
             vs
             we
             were
             well-come
             ,
             and
             he
             would
             gladly
             continue
             that
             Peace
             and
             Friendship
             which
             was
             betweene
             him
             &
             vs
             :
             and
             for
             his
             men
             they
             should
             no
             more
             pester
             vs
             as
             they
             had
             done
             :
             Also
             ,
             that
             he
             would
             send
             to
             Paomet
             ,
             and
             would
             helpe
             vs
             with
             Corne
             for
             seed
             ,
             according
             to
             our
             request
             .
          
           
             This
             being
             done
             his
             men
             gathered
             neere
             to
             him
             ,
             to
             whom
             he
             turned
             himselfe
             ,
             and
             made
             a
             great
             Speech
             ;
             they
             sometime
             interposing
             ,
             and
             as
             it
             were
             ,
             confirming
             and
             applauding
             him
             in
             that
             he
             sayd
             .
             The
             meaning
             whereof
             was
             (
             as
             farre
             as
             we
             could
             learne
             )
             thus
             ;
             Was
             not
             he
             Massasoyt
             Commander
             of
             the
             Countrey
             about
             them
             ?
             Was
             not
             such
             a
             Towne
             his
             and
             the
             people
             of
             it
             ?
             and
             should
             they
             not
             bring
             their
             skins
             vnto
             vs
             ?
             To
             which
             they
             answered
             ,
             they
             were
             his
             &
             would
             be
             at
             peace
             with
             vs
             ,
             and
             bring
             their
             skins
             to
             vs.
             After
             this
             manner
             ,
             he
             named
             at
             least
             thirtie
             places
             ,
             and
             their
             answere
             was
             as
             aforesayd
             to
             every
             one
             :
             so
             that
             as
             it
             was
             delightfull
             ,
             it
             was
             tedious
             vnto
             vs.
             
          
           
             This
             being
             ended
             ,
             he
             lighted
             Tobacco
             for
             vs
             ,
             and
             fell
             to
             discoursing
             of
             England
             ,
             &
             of
             the
             Kings
             Maiestie
             ,
             marvayling
             that
             he
             would
             liue
             without
             a
             wife
             .
             Also
             he
             talked
             of
             the
             French-men
             ,
             bidding
             vs
             not
             to
             suffer
             them
             to
             come
             to
             Narrohiganset
             ,
             for
             it
             was
             King
             IAMES
             his
             Countrey
             ,
             and
             he
             also
             was
             King
             IAMES
             his
             man.
             Late
             it
             grew
             ,
             but
             victualls
             he
             offered
             none
             ;
             for
             indeed
             he
             had
             not
             any
             ,
             being
             he
             came
             so
             newly
             home
             .
             So
             we
             desired
             to
             goe
             to
             rest
             :
             he
             layd
             vs
             on
             the
             bed
             with
             himselfe
             and
             his
             wife
             ,
             they
             at
             the
             one
             end
             and
             we
             at
             the
             other
             ,
             it
             being
             onely
             plancks
             layd
             a
             foot
             from
             the
             ground
             ,
             and
             a
             thin
             Mat
             vpon
             them
             .
             Two
             more
             of
             his
             chiefe
             men
             for
             want
             of
             roome
             pressed
             by
             and
             vpon
             vs
             ;
             so
             that
             we
             were
             worse
             weary
             of
             our
             lodging
             then
             of
             our
             iourney
             .
          
           
           
             The
             next
             day
             being
             Thursday
             ,
             many
             of
             their
             Sachims
             ,
             or
             petty
             Governours
             came
             to
             see
             vs
             ,
             and
             many
             of
             their
             men
             also
             .
             There
             they
             went
             to
             their
             manner
             of
             Games
             for
             skins
             and
             kniues
             .
             There
             we
             challenged
             them
             to
             shoote
             with
             them
             for
             skins
             :
             but
             they
             durst
             not
             :
             onely
             they
             desired
             to
             see
             one
             of
             vs
             shoote
             at
             a
             marke
             ,
             who
             shooting
             with
             Haile-shot
             ,
             they
             wondred
             to
             see
             the
             marke
             so
             full
             of
             holes
             .
             About
             one
             a
             clocke
             ,
             Massasoyt
             brought
             two
             fishes
             that
             he
             had
             shot
             ,
             they
             were
             like
             B●●ame
             but
             three
             times
             so
             bigge
             ,
             and
             better
             meate
             .
             These
             being
             boyled
             there
             were
             at
             lest
             fortie
             looked
             for
             share
             in
             them
             ,
             the
             most
             eate
             of
             them
             :
             This
             meale
             onely
             we
             had
             in
             two
             nights
             and
             a
             day
             ,
             and
             had
             not
             one
             of
             vs
             bought
             a
             Partridge
             ,
             we
             had
             taken
             our
             Iourney
             fasting
             :
             Very
             importunate
             he
             was
             to
             haue
             vs
             stay
             with
             them
             longer
             :
             But
             wee
             desired
             to
             keepe
             the
             Sabboth
             at
             home
             :
             and
             feared
             we
             should
             either
             be
             light-headed
             for
             want
             of
             sleepe
             ,
             for
             what
             with
             had
             lodging
             ,
             the
             Savages
             barbarous
             singing
             ,
             (
             for
             they
             vse
             to
             sing
             themselues
             asleepe
             )
             lice
             and
             ●leas
             within
             doores
             ,
             and
             Muskeetoes
             without
             ,
             wee
             could
             hardly
             sleepe
             all
             the
             time
             of
             our
             being
             there
             ;
             we
             much
             fearing
             ,
             that
             if
             wee
             should
             stay
             any
             longer
             ,
             we
             should
             not
             be
             able
             to
             recover
             home
             for
             want
             of
             strength
             .
             So
             that
             on
             the
             Fryday
             morning
             before
             Sun-rising
             ,
             we
             tooke
             ou●
             leaue
             and
             departed
             ,
             Massasoyt
             being
             both
             grieved
             and
             ashamed
             ,
             that
             he
             could
             no
             better
             entertaine
             vs
             :
             and
             retaining
             Tisquantum
             to
             send
             from
             place
             to
             place
             to
             procure
             t●ucke
             for
             vs
             :
             and
             appointing
             another
             ,
             called
             Tokamahamon
             in
             his
             place
             ,
             whom
             we
             had
             found
             faithfull
             before
             and
             after
             vpon
             all
             occasions
             .
          
           
             At
             this
             towne
             of
             Massasoyts
             ,
             where
             we
             before
             eate
             ,
             wee
             were
             againe
             refreshed
             with
             a
             little
             fish
             ;
             and
             bought
             about
             a
             handfull
             of
             Meale
             of
             their
             parched
             Corne
             ,
             which
             was
             very
             precious
             at
             that
             time
             of
             the
             yeere
             ,
             and
             a
             small
             string
             of
             dryed
             shell-fish
             ,
             as
             big
             as
             Oysters
             .
             The
             latter
             we
             gaue
             to
             the
             sixe
             Savages
             that
             accompanied
             vs
             ,
             keeping
             the
             Meale
             for
             our selues
             ,
             when
             we
             dranke
             we
             eate
             each
             a
             spoonefull
             of
             it
             with
             a
             Pipe
             of
             Tobacco
             ,
             in
             stead
             of
             other
             victuals
             ;
             and
             of
             this
             also
             we
             could
             not
             but
             giue
             them
             so
             long
             as
             it
             lasted
             .
             Fiue
             myles
             
             they
             led
             vs
             to
             a
             house
             out
             of
             the
             way
             in
             hope
             of
             victualls
             :
             but
             we
             found
             no
             body
             there
             ,
             and
             so
             were
             but
             worse
             able
             to
             returne
             home
             .
             That
             night
             we
             reached
             to
             the
             wire
             where
             we
             lay
             before
             ,
             but
             the
             Namascheusks
             were
             returned
             :
             so
             that
             we
             had
             no
             hope
             of
             any
             thing
             there
             .
             One
             of
             the
             Savages
             had
             shot
             a
             Shad
             in
             the
             water
             ,
             and
             a
             small
             Squirrill
             as
             big
             as
             a
             Rat
             ,
             called
             a
             Neuxis
             ,
             the
             one
             halfe
             of
             either
             he
             gaue
             vs
             ,
             and
             after
             went
             to
             the
             wire
             to
             fish
             .
             From
             hence
             we
             wrote
             to
             Plimouth
             ,
             and
             sent
             Tokamahamon
             before
             to
             Namasket
             ,
             willing
             him
             from
             thence
             to
             send
             another
             ,
             that
             he
             might
             meet
             vs
             with
             food
             at
             Namasket
             .
             Two
             men
             now
             onely
             remained
             with
             vs
             ,
             and
             it
             pleased
             God
             to
             giue
             them
             good
             store
             of
             fish
             ,
             so
             that
             we
             were
             well
             refreshed
             .
             After
             supper
             we
             went
             to
             rest
             ,
             and
             they
             to
             fishing
             againe
             :
             more
             they
             gat
             and
             fell
             to
             eating
             a
             fresh
             ,
             and
             retayned
             sufficient
             readie
             rost
             for
             all
             our
             break-fasts
             .
             About
             two
             a
             Clocke
             in
             the
             morning
             ,
             arose
             a
             great
             storme
             of
             wind
             ,
             raine
             ,
             lightning
             ,
             and
             thunder
             ,
             in
             such
             violent
             manner
             ,
             that
             we
             could
             not
             keepe
             in
             our
             fire
             ;
             and
             had
             the
             Savages
             not
             rosted
             fish
             when
             we
             were
             asleepe
             ,
             we
             had
             set
             forward
             fasting
             :
             for
             the
             raine
             still
             continued
             with
             great
             violence
             ,
             even
             the
             whole
             day
             thorow
             ,
             till
             wee
             came
             within
             two
             myles
             of
             home
             .
          
           
             Being
             wett
             and
             weary
             ,
             at
             length
             we
             came
             to
             Namaschet
             ,
             there
             we
             refreshed
             our selues
             ,
             giuing
             gifts
             to
             all
             such
             as
             had
             shewed
             vs
             any
             kindnesse
             .
             Amongst
             others
             one
             of
             the
             sixe
             that
             came
             with
             vs
             from
             Packanokik
             having
             before
             this
             on
             the
             way
             vnkindly
             forsaken
             vs
             ,
             marvayled
             we
             gaue
             him
             nothing
             ,
             and
             told
             vs
             what
             he
             had
             done
             for
             vs
             ;
             we
             also
             told
             him
             of
             some
             discurtesies
             he
             offered
             vs
             ,
             whereby
             he
             deserved
             nothing
             ,
             yet
             we
             gaue
             him
             a
             small
             trifle
             :
             wherevpon
             he
             offered
             vs
             Tobacco
             :
             but
             the
             house
             being
             full
             of
             people
             ,
             we
             told
             them
             hee
             stole
             some
             by
             the
             way
             ,
             and
             if
             it
             were
             of
             that
             we
             would
             not
             take
             it
             :
             For
             we
             would
             not
             receiue
             that
             which
             was
             stolne
             vpon
             any
             termes
             ;
             if
             we
             did
             ,
             our
             God
             would
             be
             angry
             with
             vs
             ,
             and
             destroy
             vs.
             This
             abashed
             him
             ,
             and
             gaue
             the
             rest
             great
             content
             :
             but
             at
             our
             departure
             he
             would
             needs
             carry
             him
             on
             his
             backe
             thorow
             a
             River
             ,
             whom
             he
             had
             formerly
             in
             some
             
             sort
             abused
             .
             Faine
             they
             would
             haue
             had
             vs
             to
             lodge
             there
             all
             night
             :
             and
             wondered
             we
             would
             set
             forth
             againe
             in
             such
             Weather
             :
             but
             GOD
             be
             praysed
             ,
             wee
             came
             safe
             home
             that
             night
             ,
             though
             wett
             ,
             weary
             ,
             and
             surbated
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             A
             VOYAGE
             MADE
             BY
             TEN
             of
             our
             Men
             to
             the
             Kingdome
             of
             NAVSET
             ,
             to
             seeke
             a
             Boy
             that
             had
             lost
             himselfe
             in
             the
             WOODS
             ;
             With
             such
             Accidents
             as
             befell
             vs
             in
             that
             VOYAGE
             .
          
           
             THe
             11th
             of
             Iune
             we
             set
             forth
             ,
             the
             weather
             being
             very
             faire
             :
             but
             ere
             we
             had
             bin
             long
             at
             Sea
             ,
             there
             arose
             a
             storme
             of
             wind
             and
             raine
             ,
             with
             much
             lightning
             and
             thunder
             ,
             in
             so
             much
             that
             a
             spout
             arose
             not
             far
             from
             vs
             :
             but
             God
             be
             praysed
             ,
             it
             dured
             not
             long
             ,
             and
             we
             put
             in
             that
             night
             for
             Harbour
             at
             a
             place
             ,
             called
             Cummaquid
             ,
             where
             wee
             had
             some
             hope
             to
             finde
             the
             Boy
             .
             Two
             Savages
             were
             in
             the
             Boat
             with
             vs
             ,
             the
             one
             was
             Tisquantum
             our
             Interpreter
             ,
             the
             other
             Tokamahamon
             ,
             a
             speciall
             friend
             .
             It
             being
             night
             before
             we
             came
             in
             ,
             we
             Anchored
             in
             the
             middest
             of
             the
             Bay
             ,
             where
             we
             were
             drie
             at
             a
             low
             water
             .
             In
             the
             morning
             we
             espied
             Savages
             seeking
             Lobsters
             ,
             and
             sent
             our
             two
             Interpreters
             to
             speake
             with
             them
             ,
             the
             channell
             being
             betweene
             them
             ;
             where
             they
             told
             them
             what
             we
             were
             ,
             and
             for
             what
             we
             were
             come
             ,
             willing
             them
             not
             at
             all
             to
             feare
             vs
             ,
             for
             we
             would
             not
             hurt
             them
             .
             Their
             answere
             was
             ,
             that
             the
             Boy
             was
             well
             ,
             but
             he
             was
             at
             Nauset
             ;
             yet
             since
             wee
             were
             there
             they
             desired
             vs
             to
             come
             ashore
             &
             eate
             with
             them
             :
             which
             as
             soone
             as
             our
             Boat
             floated
             we
             did
             :
             and
             went
             sixe
             ashore
             ,
             having
             foure
             pledges
             for
             them
             in
             the
             Boate.
             They
             brought
             vs
             to
             their
             Sachim
             or
             Gouernour
             ,
             whom
             they
             call
             
             Iyanough
             ,
             a
             man
             not
             exceeding
             twentie-six
             yeeres
             of
             age
             ,
             but
             very
             personable
             ,
             gentle
             ,
             courteous
             ,
             and
             fayre
             conditioned
             ,
             indeed
             not
             like
             a
             Savage
             ,
             saue
             for
             his
             attyre
             ;
             his
             entertainement
             was
             answerable
             to
             his
             parts
             ,
             and
             his
             cheare
             plentifull
             and
             various
             .
          
           
             One
             thing
             was
             very
             grieuous
             vnto
             vs
             at
             this
             place
             ;
             There
             was
             an
             old
             woman
             ,
             whom
             we
             iudged
             to
             be
             no
             lesse
             then
             an
             hundred
             yeeres
             old
             ,
             which
             came
             to
             see
             vs
             because
             shee
             neuer
             saw
             English
             ,
             yet
             could
             not
             behold
             vs
             without
             breaking
             forth
             into
             great
             passion
             ,
             weeping
             and
             crying
             excessiuely
             .
             We
             demaunding
             the
             reason
             of
             it
             ,
             they
             told
             vs
             ,
             she
             had
             three
             sons
             ,
             who
             when
             master
             Hunt
             was
             in
             these
             parts
             went
             aboord
             his
             Ship
             to
             trade
             with
             him
             ,
             and
             he
             carried
             them
             Captiues
             into
             Spaine
             (
             for
             Tisquantum
             at
             that
             time
             was
             carried
             away
             also
             )
             by
             which
             meanes
             shee
             was
             depriued
             of
             the
             comfort
             of
             her
             children
             in
             her
             old
             age
             .
             We
             told
             them
             we
             were
             sorry
             that
             any
             English
             man
             should
             giue
             them
             that
             offence
             ,
             that
             Hunt
             was
             a
             bad
             man
             ,
             and
             that
             all
             the
             English
             that
             heard
             of
             it
             condemned
             him
             for
             the
             same
             :
             but
             for
             vs
             we
             would
             not
             offer
             them
             any
             such
             iniury
             ,
             though
             it
             would
             gaine
             vs
             all
             the
             skins
             in
             the
             Countrey
             .
             So
             we
             gaue
             her
             some
             small
             trifles
             ,
             which
             somewhat
             appeased
             her
             .
          
           
             After
             dinner
             we
             tooke
             Boat
             for
             
               Nauset
               ,
               Iyanough
            
             and
             two
             of
             his
             men
             accompanying
             vs.
             Ere
             we
             came
             to
             Nauset
             ,
             the
             day
             and
             tyde
             were
             almost
             spent
             ,
             in
             so
             much
             as
             we
             could
             not
             goe
             in
             with
             our
             Shallop
             :
             but
             the
             Sachim
             or
             Governour
             of
             Comm●quid
             went
             a
             shore
             and
             his
             men
             with
             him
             ,
             we
             also
             sent
             Tisquantum
             to
             tell
             Aspinet
             the
             Sachim
             of
             Nauset
             wherefore
             we
             came
             .
             The
             Sauages
             here
             came
             very
             thicke
             amongst
             vs
             ,
             and
             were
             earnest
             with
             vs
             to
             bring
             in
             our
             Boate.
             But
             we
             neither
             well
             could
             ,
             nor
             yet
             desired
             to
             doe
             it
             ,
             because
             we
             had
             lest
             cause
             to
             trust
             them
             ,
             being
             they
             onely
             had
             formerly
             made
             an
             Assault
             vpon
             vs
             in
             the
             same
             place
             ,
             in
             time
             of
             our
             Winter
             Discouery
             for
             Habitation
             .
             And
             indeed
             it
             was
             no
             maruayle
             they
             did
             so
             ,
             for
             howsoeuer
             through
             snow
             or
             otherwise
             wee
             saw
             no
             houses
             ,
             yet
             wee
             were
             in
             the
             middest
             of
             them
             .
          
           
           
             When
             our
             boat
             was
             a
             ground
             they
             came
             very
             thicke
             ,
             but
             wee
             stood
             therein
             vpon
             our
             guard
             ,
             not
             suffering
             any
             to
             enter
             except
             two
             :
             the
             one
             being
             of
             Maramoick
             and
             one
             of
             those
             ,
             whose
             Corne
             we
             had
             formerly
             found
             ,
             we
             promised
             him
             restitution
             ,
             &
             desired
             him
             either
             to
             come
             to
             Patuxet
             for
             satisfaction
             ,
             or
             else
             we
             would
             bring
             them
             so
             much
             corne
             againe
             ,
             hee
             promised
             to
             come
             ,
             wee
             vsed
             him
             very
             kindely
             for
             the
             present
             .
             Some
             few
             skins
             we
             gate
             there
             but
             not
             many
             .
          
           
             After
             Sun-set
             ,
             Aspinet
             came
             with
             a
             great
             traine
             ,
             &
             brought
             the
             boy
             with
             him
             ,
             one
             bearing
             him
             through
             the
             water
             :
             hee
             had
             not
             lesse
             then
             an
             hundred
             with
             him
             ,
             the
             halfe
             whereof
             came
             to
             the
             Shallop
             side
             vnarmed
             with
             him
             ,
             the
             other
             stood
             aloofe
             with
             their
             bow
             and
             arrowes
             .
             There
             he
             delivered
             vs
             the
             boy
             ,
             behung
             with
             beades
             ,
             and
             made
             peace
             with
             vs
             ,
             wee
             bestowing
             a
             knife
             on
             him
             ,
             and
             likewise
             on
             another
             that
             first
             entertained
             the
             Boy
             and
             brought
             him
             thither
             .
             So
             they
             departed
             from
             vs.
             
          
           
             Here
             we
             vnderstood
             ,
             that
             the
             Narrohigansets
             had
             spoyled
             some
             of
             Massasoyts
             men
             ,
             and
             taken
             him
             .
             This
             strucke
             some
             feare
             in
             vs
             ,
             because
             the
             Colony
             was
             so
             weakely
             guarded
             ,
             the
             strength
             thereof
             being
             abroad
             :
             But
             we
             set
             foorth
             with
             resolution
             to
             make
             the
             best
             hast
             home
             wee
             could
             ;
             yet
             the
             winde
             being
             contrary
             ,
             having
             scarce
             any
             fresh
             water
             least
             ,
             and
             at
             least
             16.
             leagues
             home
             ,
             we
             put
             in
             againe
             for
             the
             shore
             .
             There
             we
             met
             againe
             with
             Iyanough
             the
             Sachim
             of
             Cūmaquid
             ,
             and
             the
             most
             of
             his
             Towne
             ,
             both
             men
             women
             &
             children
             with
             him
             .
             Hee
             being
             still
             willing
             to
             gratifie
             vs
             ,
             tooke
             a
             runlet
             and
             led
             our
             men
             in
             the
             darke
             a
             great
             way
             for
             water
             ,
             but
             could
             finde
             none
             good
             :
             yet
             brought
             such
             as
             there
             was
             on
             his
             necke
             with
             them
             .
             In
             the
             meane
             time
             the
             women
             ioyned
             hand
             in
             hand
             ,
             singing
             and
             dancing
             before
             the
             Shallop
             ,
             the
             men
             also
             shewing
             all
             the
             kindnes
             they
             could
             ,
             Iyanough
             himselfe
             taking
             a
             bracelet
             from
             about
             his
             necke
             ,
             and
             hanging
             it
             vpon
             one
             of
             vs.
             
          
           
             Againe
             we
             set
             out
             but
             to
             small
             purpose
             :
             for
             wee
             gat
             but
             little
             homeward
             ;
             Our
             water
             also
             was
             very
             brackish
             ,
             and
             not
             to
             be
             drunke
             .
          
           
           
             The
             next
             morning
             ,
             Iyanough
             espied
             vs
             againe
             and
             ran
             after
             vs
             ;
             we
             being
             resolved
             to
             goe
             to
             Cummaquid
             againe
             to
             water
             ,
             tooke
             him
             into
             the
             Shallop
             ,
             whose
             entertainement
             was
             not
             inferiour
             vnto
             the
             former
             .
          
           
             The
             soyle
             at
             Nauset
             and
             here
             is
             alike
             ,
             even
             and
             sandy
             ,
             not
             so
             good
             for
             corne
             as
             where
             wee
             are
             ;
             Shipps
             may
             safely
             ride
             in
             eyther
             harbour
             .
             In
             the
             Summer
             ,
             they
             abound
             with
             fish
             .
             Being
             now
             watered
             ,
             we
             put
             forth
             againe
             ,
             and
             by
             Gods
             providence
             ,
             came
             safely
             home
             that
             night
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             A
             IOVRNEY
             TO
             THE
             Kingdome
             of
             NAMASCHET
             in
             defence
             of
             the
             Great
             King
             MASSASOYT
             against
             the
             Narrohiggansets
             ,
             and
             to
             revenge
             the
             supposed
             Death
             of
             our
             Interpreter
             Tisquantum
             .
          
           
             AT
             our
             returne
             from
             Nauset
             ,
             we
             found
             it
             true
             ,
             that
             Massasoyt
             was
             put
             from
             his
             Countrey
             by
             the
             Narrohiggansets
             .
             Word
             also
             was
             brought
             vnto
             vs
             ,
             that
             one
             Coubatant
             a
             petty
             Sachim
             or
             Governour
             vnder
             Massasoyt
             (
             whom
             they
             euer
             feared
             to
             be
             too
             conversant
             wi●h
             the
             Narrohiggansets
             )
             was
             at
             Namaschet
             ,
             who
             sought
             to
             draw
             the
             hearts
             of
             Massasoyts
             subiects
             from
             him
             ,
             speaking
             also
             disdainfully
             of
             vs
             ,
             storming
             at
             the
             Peace
             betweene
             
               Nauset
               ,
               Cummaquid
            
             ,
             and
             vs
             ,
             and
             at
             Tisqua●tum
             the
             worker
             of
             it
             ;
             also
             at
             Tokamahamon
             ,
             and
             one
             Hobbamock
             (
             two
             Indians
             or
             Lemes
             ,
             one
             of
             which
             he
             would
             trecherously
             haue
             murdered
             a
             little
             before
             ,
             being
             a
             speciall
             and
             trusty
             man
             of
             
               Massasoyts
               )
               Tokamahamon
            
             went
             to
             him
             ,
             but
             the
             other
             two
             would
             not
             ;
             yet
             put
             their
             liues
             in
             their
             hands
             ,
             priuately
             went
             to
             see
             if
             they
             could
             heare
             of
             their
             King
             ,
             and
             lodging
             at
             Namaschet
             were
             discouered
             to
             Coubatant
             ,
             who
             set
             a
             guard
             to
             beset
             the
             house
             and
             tooke
             Ti●quantum
             (
             for
             he
             had
             sayd
             ,
             if
             he
             were
             dead
             ,
             the
             English
             had
             lost
             their
             tongue
             )
             Hobbamock
             seeing
             that
             Tisquantum
             was
             taken
             ,
             and
             Coubatant
             held
             a
             knife
             at
             his
             breast
             ,
             being
             a
             strong
             and
             stout
             man
             ,
             brake
             from
             them
             and
             came
             to
             New-Plimmouth
             ,
             full
             of
             feare
             and
             sorrow
             for
             Tisquantum
             ,
             whom
             he
             thought
             to
             be
             slaine
             .
          
           
           
             Vpon
             this
             Newes
             the
             Company
             assembled
             together
             ,
             and
             resolued
             on
             the
             morrow
             to
             send
             ten
             men
             armed
             to
             Namaschet
             and
             Hobbamock
             ,
             for
             their
             guide
             ,
             to
             reuenge
             the
             supposed
             death
             of
             Tisquantum
             on
             Coubatant
             our
             bitter
             Enemy
             ,
             and
             to
             retaine
             N●pcof
             ,
             another
             Sachim
             or
             Gouernour
             ,
             who
             was
             of
             this
             confederacy
             ,
             till
             we
             heard
             ,
             what
             was
             become
             of
             our
             friend
             Massasoyt
             .
          
           
             On
             the
             morrow
             we
             set
             out
             ten
             men
             Armed
             ,
             who
             tooke
             their
             iourney
             as
             aforesayd
             ,
             but
             the
             day
             proved
             very
             wett
             .
             When
             wee
             supposed
             we
             were
             within
             three
             or
             foure
             myles
             of
             Namaschet
             ,
             we
             went
             out
             of
             the
             way
             and
             stayed
             there
             till
             night
             ,
             because
             we
             would
             not
             be
             discouered
             .
             There
             we
             consulted
             what
             to
             doe
             ,
             and
             thinking
             best
             to
             beset
             the
             house
             at
             mid-night
             ,
             each
             was
             appointed
             his
             taske
             by
             the
             Captaine
             ,
             all
             men
             incouraging
             one
             another
             ,
             to
             the
             vtmost
             of
             their
             power
             .
          
           
             By
             night
             our
             guide
             lost
             his
             way
             ,
             which
             much
             discouraged
             our
             men
             ,
             being
             we
             were
             wet
             ,
             and
             weary
             of
             our
             armes
             :
             but
             one
             of
             our
             men
             hauing
             beene
             before
             at
             Namasch●t
             brought
             vs
             into
             the
             way
             againe
             .
          
           
             Before
             we
             came
             to
             the
             Towne
             we
             sat
             downe
             and
             ate
             such
             as
             our
             Knapsacke
             affoorded
             ,
             that
             being
             done
             ,
             wee
             threw
             them
             aside
             ,
             and
             all
             such
             things
             as
             might
             hinder
             vs
             ,
             and
             so
             went
             on
             and
             beset
             the
             house
             ,
             according
             to
             our
             last
             resolution
             .
             Those
             that
             entred
             ,
             demaunded
             if
             Coubatant
             were
             not
             there
             :
             but
             feare
             had
             bereft
             the
             Savages
             of
             speech
             .
             We
             charged
             them
             not
             to
             stirre
             ,
             for
             if
             Coubatant
             were
             not
             there
             ,
             we
             would
             not
             meddle
             with
             them
             ,
             if
             he
             were
             ,
             we
             came
             principally
             for
             him
             ,
             to
             be
             auenged
             on
             him
             for
             the
             supposed
             death
             of
             Tisquantum
             ,
             and
             other
             matters
             :
             but
             howsoeuer
             wee
             would
             not
             at
             all
             hurt
             their
             women
             ,
             or
             children
             .
             Notwithstanding
             some
             of
             them
             pressed
             out
             at
             a
             priuate
             doore
             and
             escaped
             ,
             but
             with
             some
             wounds
             :
             At
             length
             perceiuing
             our
             principall
             ends
             ,
             they
             told
             vs
             Coubatant
             was
             returned
             with
             all
             his
             traine
             ,
             and
             that
             Tisquantum
             was
             yet
             liuing
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             towne
             offering
             some
             Tobacco
             ▪
             other
             such
             as
             they
             had
             to
             eate
             .
             In
             this
             hurley
             burley
             we
             discharged
             two
             Peeces
             at
             randome
             ,
             which
             much
             
             terrified
             all
             the
             Inhabitants
             ,
             except
             Tisquantum
             and
             Tokamahamon
             ,
             who
             though
             they
             knew
             not
             our
             end
             in
             comming
             ,
             yet
             assured
             them
             of
             our
             honesty
             ,
             that
             we
             would
             not
             hurt
             them
             .
             Those
             boyes
             that
             were
             in
             the
             house
             seeing
             our
             care
             of
             women
             ,
             often
             cryed
             Neensqua●s
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             I
             am
             a
             Woman
             :
             the
             Women
             also
             hanging
             vpon
             Hobbamock
             ,
             calling
             him
             Towam
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             Friend
             .
             But
             to
             be
             short
             ,
             we
             kept
             them
             we
             had
             ,
             and
             made
             them
             make
             a
             fire
             that
             we
             might
             see
             to
             search
             the
             house
             .
             In
             the
             meane
             time
             ,
             Hobbamock
             gat
             on
             the
             top
             of
             the
             house
             ,
             and
             called
             Tisquantum
             and
             Tokamahamon
             ,
             which
             came
             vnto
             vs
             accompanied
             with
             others
             ,
             some
             armed
             and
             others
             naked
             .
             Those
             that
             had
             Bowes
             and
             Arrowes
             we
             tooke
             them
             away
             ,
             promising
             them
             againe
             when
             it
             was
             day
             .
             The
             house
             we
             tooke
             for
             our
             better
             safegar
             〈◊〉
             released
             those
             we
             had
             taken
             ,
             manifesting
             whom
             we
             came
             for
             and
             wherefore
             .
          
           
             On
             the
             next
             morning
             we
             marched
             into
             the
             middest
             of
             the
             Towne
             ,
             and
             went
             to
             the
             house
             of
             Tisquantum
             to
             breakfast
             .
             Thither
             came
             all
             whose
             hearts
             were
             vpright
             towardes
             vs
             ,
             but
             all
             Coubatants
             faction
             were
             fled
             away
             .
             There
             in
             the
             middest
             of
             them
             we
             manifested
             againe
             our
             intendment
             ,
             assuring
             them
             ,
             that
             although
             Coubatant
             had
             now
             escaped
             vs
             ,
             yet
             there
             was
             no
             place
             should
             secure
             him
             and
             his
             from
             vs
             if
             he
             continued
             his
             threatning
             vs
             ,
             and
             prouoking
             others
             against
             vs
             ,
             who
             had
             kindly
             entertained
             him
             ,
             and
             neuer
             intended
             euill
             towards
             him
             till
             he
             now
             so
             iustly
             deserued
             it
             .
             Moreover
             ,
             if
             Massasoyt
             did
             not
             returne
             in
             safetie
             from
             Narrohigganset
             ,
             or
             if
             hereafter
             he
             should
             make
             any
             insurrection
             against
             him
             ,
             or
             offer
             violence
             to
             
               Tisquantum
               ,
               Hobbamock
            
             ,
             or
             any
             of
             Massasoyts
             Subiects
             ,
             we
             would
             revenge
             it
             vpon
             him
             ,
             to
             the
             ouer-throw
             of
             him
             and
             his
             .
             As
             for
             those
             were
             wounded
             ,
             we
             were
             sorry
             for
             it
             ,
             though
             themselues
             procured
             it
             in
             not
             staying
             in
             the
             house
             at
             our
             command
             :
             yet
             if
             they
             would
             returne
             home
             with
             vs
             ,
             our
             Surgeon
             should
             heale
             them
             .
          
           
             At
             this
             offer
             ,
             one
             man
             and
             a
             woman
             that
             were
             wounded
             went
             home
             with
             vs
             ,
             Tisquantum
             and
             many
             other
             knowne
             
             friends
             accompanying
             vs
             ,
             and
             offering
             all
             helpe
             that
             might
             be
             by
             carriage
             of
             any
             thing
             wee
             had
             to
             ease
             vs.
             So
             that
             by
             Gods
             good
             Providence
             wee
             safely
             returned
             home
             the
             morrow
             night
             after
             we
             set
             forth
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             A
             RELATION
             OF
             OVR
             Voyage
             to
             the
             MASSACHVSETS
             ,
             And
             what
             happened
             there
             .
          
           
             IT
             seemed
             good
             to
             the
             Company
             in
             generall
             ,
             that
             though
             the
             Massachusets
             had
             often
             threatned
             vs
             (
             as
             we
             were
             informed
             )
             yet
             we
             should
             goe
             amongst
             them
             ,
             partly
             to
             see
             the
             Countrey
             ,
             partly
             to
             make
             Peace
             with
             them
             ,
             and
             partly
             to
             procure
             their
             trucke
             .
          
           
             For
             these
             ends
             the
             Governours
             chose
             ten
             men
             ,
             fit
             for
             the
             purpose
             ,
             and
             sent
             Tisquantum
             ,
             and
             two
             other
             Salvages
             to
             bring
             vs
             to
             speech
             with
             the
             people
             ,
             and
             interpret
             for
             vs.
             
          
           
             We
             set
             out
             about
             mid-night
             ,
             the
             tyde
             then
             seruing
             for
             vs
             ;
             we
             supposing
             it
             to
             be
             neerer
             then
             it
             is
             ,
             thought
             to
             be
             there
             the
             next
             morning
             betimes
             :
             but
             it
             proued
             well
             neere
             twentie
             Leagues
             from
             
               New
               Plimmouth
            
             .
          
           
             We
             came
             into
             the
             bottome
             of
             the
             Bay
             ,
             but
             being
             late
             wee
             anchored
             and
             lay
             in
             the
             Shallop
             ,
             not
             hauing
             seene
             any
             of
             the
             people
             .
             The
             next
             morning
             we
             put
             in
             for
             the
             shore
             .
             There
             we
             found
             many
             Lobsters
             that
             had
             beene
             gathered
             together
             by
             the
             Saluages
             ,
             which
             we
             made
             ready
             vnder
             a
             cliffe
             .
             The
             Captaine
             set
             two
             Sentinels
             behind
             the
             cliffe
             to
             the
             landward
             to
             secure
             the
             Shallop
             ,
             and
             taking
             a
             guide
             with
             him
             ,
             and
             foure
             of
             our
             company
             ,
             went
             to
             seeke
             the
             Inhabitants
             ,
             where
             they
             met
             a
             woman
             comming
             for
             her
             Lobsters
             ,
             they
             told
             her
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             contented
             her
             for
             them
             .
             She
             told
             them
             where
             the
             people
             were
             ;
             Tisquantum
             went
             to
             them
             ,
             the
             rest
             returned
             ,
             hauing
             direction
             which
             way
             to
             bring
             the
             Shallop
             to
             them
             .
          
           
             The
             Sachim
             ,
             or
             Gouernour
             of
             this
             place
             ,
             is
             called
             Obbatinewat
             ,
             and
             though
             he
             liue
             in
             the
             bottome
             of
             the
             Massachuset
             bay
             ,
             yet
             he
             is
             vnder
             Massasoyt
             .
             He
             vsed
             vs
             very
             kindly
             ,
             he
             told
             vs
             ,
             he
             durst
             not
             then
             remaine
             in
             any
             setled
             place
             ,
             for
             feare
             of
             the
             Terentines
             .
             Also
             the
             
               Squa
               Sachim
            
             ,
             or
             Massachusets
             Queene
             was
             an
             enemy
             to
             him
             .
          
           
           
             We
             told
             him
             of
             diuers
             Sachims
             that
             had
             acknowledged
             themselues
             to
             be
             King
             IAMES
             his
             men
             ,
             and
             if
             he
             also
             would
             submit
             himselfe
             ,
             we
             would
             be
             his
             safegard
             from
             his
             enemies
             ;
             which
             he
             did
             ,
             and
             went
             along
             with
             vs
             to
             bring
             vs
             to
             the
             
               Squa
               Sachim
            
             .
             Againe
             we
             crossed
             the
             Bay
             which
             is
             very
             large
             ,
             and
             hath
             at
             lest
             fiftie
             Ilands
             in
             it
             :
             but
             the
             certaine
             number
             is
             not
             knowne
             to
             the
             Inhabitants
             .
             Night
             it
             was
             before
             wee
             came
             to
             that
             side
             of
             the
             Bay
             where
             this
             people
             were
             .
             On
             shore
             the
             Saluages
             went
             but
             found
             no
             body
             .
             That
             night
             also
             we
             ●id
             at
             Anchor
             aboord
             the
             Shallop
             .
          
           
             On
             the
             morrow
             we
             went
             ashore
             ,
             all
             but
             two
             men
             and
             marched
             in
             Armes
             vp
             in
             the
             Countrey
             .
             Hauing
             gone
             three
             myles
             ,
             we
             came
             to
             a
             place
             where
             Corne
             had
             beene
             newly
             gathered
             ,
             a
             house
             pulled
             downe
             ,
             and
             the
             people
             gone
             .
             A
             myle
             from
             hence
             ,
             Nanepashemet
             their
             King
             in
             his
             life
             time
             had
             liued
             .
             His
             house
             was
             not
             like
             others
             ,
             but
             a
             scaffold
             was
             largely
             built
             ,
             with
             pools
             and
             plancks
             some
             six
             foote
             from
             ground
             ,
             and
             the
             house
             vpon
             that
             ,
             being
             situated
             on
             the
             top
             of
             a
             hill
             .
          
           
             Not
             farre
             from
             hence
             in
             a
             bottome
             ,
             wee
             came
             to
             a
             Fort
             built
             by
             their
             deceased
             King
             ,
             the
             manner
             thus
             ;
             There
             were
             pools
             some
             thirtie
             or
             fortie
             foote
             long
             ,
             stucke
             in
             the
             ground
             as
             thicke
             as
             they
             could
             be
             set
             one
             by
             another
             ,
             and
             with
             these
             they
             inclosed
             a
             ring
             some
             forty
             or
             fifty
             foote
             ouer
             .
             A
             trench
             breast
             high
             was
             digged
             on
             each
             side
             ;
             one
             way
             there
             was
             to
             goe
             into
             it
             with
             a
             bridge
             ;
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             this
             Palli●ado
             stood
             the
             frame
             of
             an
             house
             ,
             wherein
             being
             dead
             he
             lay
             buryed
             .
          
           
             About
             a
             myle
             from
             hence
             ,
             we
             came
             to
             such
             another
             ,
             but
             seated
             on
             the
             top
             of
             an
             hill
             :
             here
             Nanepashemet
             was
             killed
             ,
             none
             dwelling
             in
             it
             since
             the
             time
             of
             his
             death
             .
             At
             this
             place
             we
             stayed
             ,
             and
             sent
             two
             Saluages
             to
             looke
             the
             Inhabitants
             ,
             and
             to
             informe
             them
             of
             our
             ends
             in
             comming
             ,
             that
             they
             might
             not
             be
             fearefull
             of
             vs
             :
             Within
             a
             myle
             of
             this
             place
             they
             found
             the
             women
             of
             the
             place
             together
             ,
             with
             their
             Corne
             on
             heapes
             ,
             whither
             we
             supposed
             them
             to
             be
             sted
             for
             feare
             of
             vs
             ,
             and
             the
             more
             ,
             because
             in
             diuers
             places
             they
             had
             newly
             pulled
             downe
             their
             houses
             ,
             and
             for
             hast
             in
             one
             place
             had
             left
             some
             of
             their
             Corne
             couered
             with
             a
             Mat
             ,
             and
             no
             body
             with
             it
             .
          
           
           
             With
             much
             feare
             they
             entertained
             vs
             at
             first
             ,
             but
             seeing
             our
             gentle
             carriage
             towards
             them
             ,
             they
             tooke
             heart
             and
             entertained
             vs
             in
             the
             best
             manner
             they
             could
             ,
             boyling
             Cod
             and
             such
             other
             things
             as
             they
             had
             for
             vs.
             At
             length
             with
             much
             sending
             for
             came
             one
             of
             their
             men
             ,
             shaking
             and
             trembling
             for
             feare
             .
             But
             when
             he
             saw
             we
             intended
             them
             no
             hurt
             ,
             but
             came
             to
             trucke
             ,
             he
             promised
             vs
             his
             skins
             also
             .
             Of
             him
             we
             enquired
             for
             their
             Queene
             ,
             but
             it
             seemed
             shee
             was
             far
             from
             thence
             ,
             at
             lest
             we
             could
             not
             see
             her
             .
          
           
             Here
             Tisquantum
             would
             haue
             had
             vs
             rifled
             the
             Saluage
             women
             ,
             and
             taken
             their
             skins
             ,
             and
             all
             such
             things
             as
             might
             be
             seruiceable
             for
             vs
             ,
             for
             (
             sayd
             he
             )
             they
             are
             a
             bad
             people
             ,
             and
             haue
             oft
             threatned
             you
             :
             But
             our
             answere
             was
             ;
             Were
             they
             neuer
             so
             bad
             ,
             we
             would
             not
             wrong
             them
             ,
             or
             giue
             them
             any
             just
             occasion
             against
             vs
             :
             for
             their
             words
             we
             little
             weighed
             them
             ,
             but
             if
             they
             once
             attempted
             any
             thing
             against
             vs
             ,
             then
             we
             would
             deale
             far
             worse
             then
             he
             desired
             .
          
           
             Hauing
             well
             spent
             the
             day
             ,
             we
             returned
             to
             the
             Shallop
             ,
             almost
             all
             the
             Women
             accompanying
             vs
             ,
             to
             trucke
             ,
             who
             sold
             their
             coats
             from
             their
             backes
             ,
             and
             tyed
             boughes
             about
             them
             ,
             but
             with
             great
             shamefastnesse
             (
             for
             indeed
             they
             are
             more
             modest
             then
             some
             of
             our
             English
             women
             are
             )
             we
             promised
             them
             to
             come
             againe
             to
             them
             ,
             and
             they
             vs
             ,
             to
             keepe
             their
             skins
             .
          
           
             Within
             this
             Bay
             ,
             the
             Salvages
             say
             ,
             there
             are
             two
             Riuers
             ;
             the
             one
             whereof
             we
             saw
             ,
             hauing
             a
             faire
             entrance
             ,
             but
             we
             had
             no
             time
             to
             discouer
             it
             .
             Better
             harbours
             for
             shipping
             cannot
             be
             then
             here
             are
             .
             At
             the
             entrance
             of
             the
             Bay
             are
             many
             Rockes
             ;
             and
             in
             all
             likelihood
             very
             good
             fishing
             ground
             .
             Many
             ,
             yea
             ,
             most
             of
             the
             Ilands
             haue
             beene
             inhabited
             ,
             some
             being
             cleered
             from
             end
             to
             end
             ,
             but
             the
             people
             are
             all
             dead
             ,
             or
             remoued
             .
          
           
             Our
             victuall
             growing
             scarce
             ,
             the
             Winde
             comming
             fayre
             ,
             and
             hauing
             a
             light
             Moone
             ,
             we
             set
             out
             at
             euening
             ,
             and
             through
             the
             goodnesse
             of
             GOD
             ,
             came
             safely
             home
             before
             noone
             the
             day
             following
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             A
             LETTER
             SENT
             FROM
             
               New
               England
            
             to
             a
             friend
             in
             these
             parts
             ,
             setting
             forth
             a
             briefe
             and
             true
             Declaration
             of
             the
             worth
             of
             that
             Plantation
             ;
             As
             also
             certaine
             vsefull
             Directions
             for
             such
             as
             intend
             a
             VOYAGE
             into
             those
             Parts
             .
          
           
             LOuing
             ,
             and
             old
             Friend
             ,
             although
             I
             receiued
             no
             Letter
             from
             you
             by
             this
             Ship
             ,
             yet
             forasmuch
             as
             I
             know
             you
             expect
             the
             performance
             of
             my
             promise
             ,
             which
             was
             ,
             to
             write
             vnto
             you
             truely
             and
             faithfully
             of
             all
             things
             .
             I
             haue
             therefore
             at
             this
             time
             sent
             vnto
             you
             accordingly
             .
             Referring
             you
             for
             further
             satisfaction
             to
             our
             more
             large
             Relations
             You
             shall
             vnderstand
             ,
             that
             in
             this
             little
             time
             ,
             that
             a
             few
             of
             vs
             haue
             beene
             here
             ,
             we
             haue
             built
             seauen
             dwelling
             houses
             ,
             and
             foure
             for
             the
             vse
             of
             the
             Plantation
             ,
             and
             haue
             made
             preparation
             for
             divers
             others
             .
             We
             set
             the
             last
             Spring
             some
             twentie
             Acres
             of
             Indian
             Corne
             ,
             and
             sowed
             some
             six
             Acres
             of
             Barly
             &
             Pease
             ,
             and
             according
             to
             the
             manner
             of
             the
             Indians
             ,
             we
             manured
             our
             ground
             with
             Herings
             or
             rather
             Shadds
             ,
             which
             we
             haue
             in
             great
             abundance
             ,
             and
             take
             with
             great
             ease
             at
             our
             doores
             .
             Our
             Corne
             did
             proue
             well
             ,
             &
             God
             be
             praysed
             ,
             we
             had
             a
             good
             increase
             of
             Indian
             Corne
             ,
             and
             our
             Barly
             indifferent
             good
             ,
             but
             our
             Pease
             not
             worth
             the
             gathering
             ,
             for
             we
             feared
             they
             were
             too
             late
             sowne
             ,
             they
             came
             vp
             very
             well
             ,
             and
             blossomed
             ,
             but
             the
             Sunne
             parched
             
             them
             in
             the
             blossome
             ▪
             one
             harvest
             being
             gotten
             in
             ,
             our
             Governour
             sent
             foure
             men
             on
             fowlle●
             ,
             that
             so
             we
             might
             after
             a
             more
             speciall
             manner
             reioyce
             together
             ,
             after
             we
             had
             gathered
             the
             fruit
             of
             our
             labours●
             they
             〈◊〉
             in
             one
             day
             killed
             as
             much
             fowle
             ,
             as
             with
             a
             〈◊〉
             beside
             ,
             serued
             the
             Company
             almost
             a
             weeke
             ,
             at
             which
             time
             amongst
             〈…〉
             Recreations
             ,
             we
             exercised
             our
             Armes
             ,
             many
             of
             the
             Indians
             coming
             amongst
             vs
             ,
             and
             amongst
             the
             rest
             their
             greatest
             King
             Massassoyt
             ,
             with
             some
             nintie
             men
             ,
             whom
             for
             three
             dayes
             we
             entertained
             and
             feasted
             and
             they
             went
             out
             and
             killed
             fiue
             Deere
             ,
             which
             they
             brought
             to
             the
             Plantation
             and
             bestowed
             on
             our
             Governour
             ,
             and
             vpon
             the
             Captaine
             ,
             and
             others
             .
             And
             although
             it
             be
             not
             alwayes
             so
             plentifull
             ,
             as
             it
             was
             at
             this
             time
             with
             vs
             ,
             yet
             by
             the
             goodnesse
             of
             God
             ,
             we
             are
             so
             farre
             from
             want
             ,
             that
             we
             often
             wish
             you
             partakers
             of
             our
             plentie
             .
             Wee
             haue
             found
             the
             Indians
             very
             faithfull
             in
             their
             Covenant
             of
             Peace
             with
             vs
             ;
             very
             louing
             and
             readie
             to
             pleasure
             vs
             :
             we
             often
             goe
             to
             them
             ,
             and
             they
             come
             to
             vs●
             some
             of
             vs
             haue
             bin
             fi●tie
             myles
             by
             Land
             in
             the
             Country
             with
             whom
             ,
             the
             occasions
             and
             Relations
             whereof
             you
             shall
             vndestand
             by
             our
             generall
             and
             morefull
             Declaration
             of
             such
             things
             〈◊〉
             are
             worth
             the
             noting
             ,
             yea
             ,
             it
             hath
             pleased
             God
             so
             to
             possesse
             the
             Indians
             with
             a
             feare
             of
             vs
             ,
             and
             loue
             vnto
             vs
             ,
             that
             not
             onely
             the
             greatest
             King
             amongst
             them
             called
             Massasoyt
             ,
             but
             also
             all
             the
             Princes
             and
             people●
             round
             about
             〈◊〉
             ,
             haue
             either
             made
             su●e
             vnto
             vs
             ,
             or
             beene
             glad
             of
             any
             occasion
             to
             make
             peace
             with
             vs
             ,
             so
             that
             seauen
             of
             them
             at
             once
             h●ue
             sent
             their
             messengers
             to
             vs
             to
             that
             end
             ,
             yea
             ,
             an
             Fl●nt
             sea
             ,
             which
             we
             neuer
             saw
             hath
             also
             together
             with
             the
             for●er
             yeelded
             willingly
             to
             be
             vnder
             the
             protection
             ,
             and
             subiects
             to
             〈◊〉
             souereigne
             Lord
             King
             IAMES
             ,
             so
             that
             there
             is
             now
             greatly
             〈◊〉
             amongst
             the
             Indians
             themselues
             ,
             which
             was
             not
             formerly
             neither
             would
             haue
             bin
             but
             for
             vs
             ▪
             and
             we
             for
             our
             parts
             walks
             as
             peaceably
             and
             safely
             in
             the
             wood
             ,
             as
             in
             the
             hie
             wayes
             in
             England
             ,
             we
             entertaine
             them
             familiarly
             in
             our
             houses
             ,
             and
             they
             as
             friendly
             bestowing
             their
             Venison
             on
             〈◊〉
             .
             They
             are
             a
             people
             without
             any
             Religion
             ,
             or
             knowledge
             of
             any
             God
             ,
             yet
             very
             trustie
             ,
             
             quicke
             of
             apprehe●sion
             ,
             〈◊〉
             witted
             ,
             iust
             the
             men
             and
             women
             goe
             naked
             ,
             onely
             〈◊〉
             about
             their
             middles
             ;
             for
             the
             traiper
             of
             the
             ayre
             ,
             〈◊〉
             it
             agreeth
             well
             with
             that
             in
             England
             ,
             and
             if
             there
             be
             any
             different●
             at
             all
             ,
             this
             is
             somewhat
             hotter
             in
             Summer
             ,
             home
             〈◊〉
             he
             deed
             bledolderin
             .
             Winter
             ,
             but
             I
             cannot
             out
             of
             experience
             so
             say
             ,
             the
             ayre
             is
             very
             cleere
             and
             not
             foggie
             ,
             as
             hath
             beene
             reported
             .
             I
             neuer
             in
             my
             life
             remember
             a
             more
             seasonable
             yeare
             ,
             then
             we
             haue
             here
             enioyned
             :
             and
             if
             we
             haue
             once
             but
             Kine
             ,
             Horses
             ,
             and
             Sheepe
             ,
             I
             make
             no
             question
             ,
             but
             men
             might
             liue
             as
             contended
             here
             :
             as
             in
             any
             part
             of
             the
             world
             .
             For
             fish
             and
             fowle
             ,
             we
             haue
             great
             abundance
             ,
             fresh
             Codd
             in
             the
             Summer
             is
             but
             course
             meat
             with
             vs
             ,
             our
             Bay
             is
             full
             of
             Lobsters
             all
             the
             Summer
             ,
             and
             affordeth
             varietie
             of
             other
             Fish
             ;
             in
             September
             we
             can
             take
             a
             Hogshead
             of
             ●e●es
             in
             a
             night
             ,
             with
             small
             labour
             ,
             &
             can
             dig
             them
             out
             of
             their
             beds
             ,
             all
             the
             Winter
             we
             haue
             Mussells
             and
             Othus
             at
             our
             doores
             :
             Oysters
             we
             haue
             ●●
             noneere
             ,
             but
             we
             can
             haue
             them
             brought
             by
             the
             Indians
             when
             we
             will
             ;
             all
             the
             Spring
             time
             the
             earth
             sendeth
             forth
             naturally
             very
             good
             Sallet
             Herbs
             :
             here
             are
             Grapes
             ,
             white
             and
             red
             ,
             and
             very
             sweete
             and
             strong
             also
             .
             Strawberies
             ,
             Goofeberies
             ,
             Raspa●
             ,
             &c.
             Plums
             of
             three
             sorts
             ,
             with
             blacke
             and
             red
             ,
             being
             almost
             as
             good
             as
             a
             Damsen
             :
             abundance
             of
             Roses
             ,
             white
             ;
             red
             ,
             and
             damask
             :
             single
             ,
             but
             very
             sweet
             indeed
             ;
             the
             Countrey
             wanteth
             onely
             industrious
             men
             to
             imploy
             ,
             for
             it
             would
             grieue
             your
             hearts
             (
             if
             as
             I
             )
             you
             had
             seene
             so
             many
             myles
             together
             by
             goodly
             Riuers
             vnihabited
             ,
             and
             withall
             to
             consider
             those
             parts
             of
             the
             world
             wherein
             you
             liue
             ▪
             to
             be
             even
             greatly
             burthened
             with
             abundance
             of
             people
             .
             These
             things
             I
             thought
             good
             to
             let
             you
             vnderstand
             ,
             being
             the
             truth
             of
             things
             as
             new
             as
             I
             could
             experimentally
             take
             knowledge
             of
             ,
             and
             that
             you
             might
             on
             our
             behalfe
             giue
             God
             thankes
             who
             hath
             delt
             so
             fauourably
             with
             vs.
             
          
           
             Our
             supply
             of
             men
             from
             you
             came
             the
             ninth
             of
             November
             1621.
             putting
             in
             at
             Cape
             ●od
             ,
             some
             eight
             or
             ten
             leagues
             from
             vs
             ,
             the
             Indians
             that
             dwell
             there
             about
             were
             they
             who
             were
             owners
             of
             the
             Corne
             which
             we
             found
             in
             Caues
             ,
             for
             which
             we
             haue
             giuen
             them
             full
             content
             ,
             and
             are
             in
             great
             
             league
             with
             them
             ,
             they
             〈◊〉
             vs
             〈…〉
             was
             a
             ship
             nere
             vnto
             them
             ,
             but
             though●
             it
             to
             be
             〈…〉
             indeede
             for
             our selues
             ,
             we
             expected
             not
             a
             friend
             so
             soone
             .
             But
             when
             we
             perceived
             that
             she
             made
             for
             our
             Bay
             ,
             the
             Gouernor
             commanded
             a
             great
             〈◊〉
             to
             beshoo●●
             ,
             〈◊〉
             all
             〈…〉
             were
             abroad
             at
             worke
             ;
             whereupon
             〈…〉
             that
             could
             handle●
             Gun
             were
             readie
             ,
             with
             full
             resolution
             that
             if
             she
             were
             an
             Enemy
             ,
             we
             would
             stand
             〈◊〉
             iust
             defence
             ,
             not
             fearing
             them
             ,
             but
             God
             provided
             better
             for
             vs
             then
             we
             supposed
             ;
             these
             came
             all
             in
             health
             vnto
             vs
             ,
             〈◊〉
             being
             sicke
             by
             the
             way
             (
             otherwise
             then
             by
             Sea
             sicknesse
             )
             and
             so
             continue
             at
             this
             time
             ,
             by
             the
             blessing
             of
             God
             ,
             the
             good
             wife
             ●ord
             was
             deliuered
             of
             a
             sonne
             the
             first
             night
             shee
             landed
             and
             both
             of
             them
             are
             very
             well
             .
             When
             it
             pleaseth
             God
             ,
             we
             are
             setled
             and
             sitted
             for
             the
             fishing
             busines
             ,
             and
             other
             trading
             ,
             I
             doubt
             not
             but
             by
             the
             blessing
             of
             God
             ,
             the
             gayne
             will
             giue
             content
             to
             all
             ;
             in
             the
             meane
             time
             ,
             that
             we
             haue
             gotten
             we
             haue
             sent
             by
             this
             ship
             ,
             and
             though
             it
             be
             not
             much
             ,
             yet
             it
             will
             witnesse
             for
             vs
             ,
             that
             we
             haue
             not
             beene
             idle
             ,
             considering
             the
             smallnesse
             of
             our
             〈◊〉
             all
             this
             Summer
             .
             We
             hope
             the
             Marchants
             will
             accept
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             be
             incouraged
             to
             furnish
             vs
             with
             things
             needfull
             for
             further
             imployment
             ,
             which
             will
             also
             incourage
             vs
             to
             put
             forth
             our selues
             to
             the
             vttermost
             .
             Now
             because
             ●●
             expect
             your
             comming
             vnto
             vs
             with
             other
             of
             our
             friends
             ,
             whose
             companie
             we
             much
             desire
             ,
             I
             thought
             good
             to
             aduertise
             you
             of
             a
             few
             things
             needfull
             ;
             be
             carefull
             to
             haue
             a
             very
             good
             bread-roome
             to
             put
             your
             Biskets
             in
             ,
             let
             your
             Cask
             for
             Beere
             and
             Water
             be
             Iron-bound
             for
             the
             first
             tyre
             if
             not
             more
             ;
             let
             not
             your
             meat
             be
             drie
             salted
             ,
             none
             can
             better
             doe
             it
             then
             the
             Saylers
             ;
             let
             your
             meale
             be
             so
             hard
             trodd
             in
             your
             Cask
             that
             you
             shall
             need
             an
             Ads
             or
             Hatchet
             to
             worke
             it
             out
             with
             :
             Trust
             not
             too
             much
             on
             vs
             for
             Corne
             at
             this
             time
             ,
             for
             by
             reason
             of
             this
             last
             company
             that
             came
             ,
             depending
             wholy
             vpon
             vs
             ,
             we
             shall
             haue
             little
             enough
             till
             haruest
             ;
             be
             carefull
             to
             come
             by
             some
             of
             your
             meale
             to
             spend
             by
             the
             way
             ,
             it
             will
             much
             refresh
             you
             ,
             build
             your
             Cabbins
             as
             open
             as
             you
             can
             ,
             and
             bring
             good
             store
             of
             clothes
             ,
             and
             beding
             
             with
             you
             ,
             bring
             euery
             man
             a
             Musker
             or
             fowling
             Pe●ce
             ,
             let
             your
             Pe●ce
             be
             long
             in
             the
             barrell
             ,
             and
             feare
             not
             the
             waight
             of
             it
             ,
             for
             most
             of
             our
             shooting
             is
             from
             Stands
             ;
             bring
             iuyce
             of
             Lemons
             ,
             and
             take
             it
             fasting
             ,
             it
             is
             of
             good
             vse
             ;
             for
             hot
             waters
             ,
             Anni●seed
             water
             is
             the
             best
             ,
             but
             vse
             it
             sparingly
             :
             if
             you
             bring
             a●y
             thing
             for
             comfort
             in
             the
             Country
             ,
             Butter
             or
             Sallet
             oyle
             or
             both
             is
             very
             good
             ;
             our
             Indian
             Corne
             even
             the
             coursest
             ,
             maketh
             as
             pleasant
             meat
             as
             Rice
             ,
             therefore
             spare
             that
             vnlesse
             to
             spend
             by
             the
             way
             ;
             bring
             Paper
             ,
             and
             Linced
             oyle
             for
             your
             Windowes
             ,
             with
             Cotton
             yarne
             for
             your
             Lamps
             ;
             let
             your
             shott
             be
             most
             for
             bigge
             Fowles
             ,
             and
             bring
             store
             of
             Powder
             and
             shot
             :
             I
             forbeare
             further
             to
             write
             for
             the
             present
             ,
             hoping
             to
             see
             you
             by
             the
             next
             returne
             ,
             so
             I
             take
             my
             leane
             ,
             comm●nding
             you
             to
             the
             LORD
             for
             a
             safe
             conduct
             vnto
             vs.
             Resting
             in
             him
          
           
             
               Plimmouth
               in
               
                 New
                 England
              
               
                 this
                 11.
                 of
                 December
                 .
                 1621.
                 
              
            
             
               Your
               louing
               Friend
               
                 E.
                 W.
              
               
            
          
        
         
           
           
             Reason
             &
             considerations
             touching
             the
             lawfulnesse
             of
             remouing
             out
             of
             England
             into
             the
             parts
             of
             America
             .
          
           
             FOrasmuch
             as
             many
             exceptions
             are
             daily
             made
             against
             the
             going
             into
             ,
             
             and
             inhabiting
             of
             forraine
             desert
             places
             ,
             to
             the
             hinderance
             of
             plantations
             abroad
             ,
             and
             the
             increase
             of
             distractions
             at
             home
             :
             It
             is
             not
             amisse
             that
             some
             which
             haue
             beene
             care
             witnesses
             of
             the
             exceptions
             made
             ,
             and
             are
             either
             Agents
             or
             Abettors
             of
             such
             remouals
             and
             plantations
             ,
             doe
             seeke
             to
             giue
             content
             to
             the
             world
             ,
             in
             all
             things
             that
             possibly
             they
             can
             .
          
           
             And
             although
             the
             most
             of
             the
             opposites
             are
             such
             as
             either
             dreame
             of
             raising
             their
             fortunes
             here
             ,
             to
             that
             then
             which
             there
             is
             nothing
             more
             vnlike
             ,
             or
             such
             as
             affecting
             their
             home-borne
             countrey
             so
             vehemently
             ,
             as
             that
             they
             had
             rather
             with
             all
             their
             friends
             begge
             ,
             yea
             starue
             in
             it
             ,
             the
             vndergoe
             a
             little
             difficultie
             in
             seeking
             abroad
             ,
             yet
             are
             there
             some
             who
             out
             of
             doubt
             in
             tendernesse
             of
             conscience
             ,
             and
             feare
             to
             offend
             God
             by
             running
             before
             they
             be
             called
             ,
             are
             straitned
             and
             doe
             straiten
             others
             ,
             from
             going
             to
             forraine
             plantations
             .
          
           
             For
             whose
             cause
             especially
             ,
             I
             haue
             been
             drawne
             out
             of
             my
             good
             affection
             to
             them
             ,
             to
             publish
             some
             reasons
             that
             might
             giue
             them
             content
             and
             satisfaction
             ,
             and
             also
             stay
             and
             stop
             the
             wilfull
             and
             wittie
             cauiller
             :
             and
             herein
             I
             trust
             I
             shall
             not
             be
             blamed
             of
             any
             godly
             wise
             ,
             though
             thorow
             my
             slender
             iudgement
             I
             should
             misse
             the
             marke
             ,
             and
             not
             strike
             the
             naile
             on
             the
             head
             ,
             considering
             it
             i●
             the
             first
             attempt
             that
             hath
             beene
             made
             (
             that
             I
             know
             of
             )
             to
             defend
             those
             enterprises
             .
             Reason
             would
             therefore
             ,
             that
             if
             any
             man
             of
             deeper
             reach
             and
             better
             iudgement
             see
             further
             or
             otherwise
             ,
             that
             he
             rather
             instruct
             me
             ,
             then
             deride
             me
             .
          
           
             And
             being
             studious
             or
             breuitie
             ,
             we
             must
             first
             consider
             ,
             
             that
             whereas
             God
             of
             old
             did
             call
             and
             summon
             our
             Fathers
             by
             predictions
             ,
             dreames
             ,
             visions
             ,
             and
             certaine
             illuminations
             
             to
             goe
             from
             their
             countries
             ,
             
             places
             and
             habitations
             ,
             to
             reside
             and
             dwell
             here
             or
             there
             ,
             
             and
             to
             wander
             vp
             and
             downe
             from
             citie
             to
             citie
             ,
             and
             Land
             to
             Land
             ,
             according
             to
             his
             will
             and
             pleasure
             .
             Now
             there
             is
             no
             such
             calling
             to
             be
             expected
             for
             any
             matter
             whatsoeuer
             ,
             neither
             must
             any
             so
             much
             as
             imagine
             that
             there
             will
             now
             be
             any
             such
             thing
             .
             
             God
             did
             once
             so
             traine
             vp
             his
             people
             ,
             but
             now
             he
             doth
             not
             ,
             but
             speakes
             in
             another
             manner
             ,
             and
             so
             we
             must
             apply
             our selves
             to
             Gods
             present
             dealing
             ,
             and
             not
             to
             his
             wonted
             dealing
             :
             and
             as
             the
             miracle
             of
             giuing
             Man●●s
             ceased
             ,
             
             when
             the
             fruit●
             of
             the
             land
             became
             plentie
             ,
             so
             God
             hauing
             such
             a
             plentifull
             storehouse
             of
             directions
             in
             his
             holy
             word
             ,
             there
             must
             not
             now
             any
             extraordinarie
             reuelations
             be
             expected
             .
          
           
             But
             now
             the
             ordinarie
             examples
             and
             precepts
             of
             the
             Scriptures
             reasonably
             and
             rightly
             vnderstood
             and
             applied
             ,
             must
             be
             the
             voice
             and
             word
             ,
             that
             must
             call
             vs
             ,
             presse
             vs
             ,
             and
             direct
             vs
             in
             euery
             action
             .
          
           
             Neither
             is
             there
             any
             land
             or
             possession
             now
             ,
             like
             vnto
             the
             possession
             which
             the
             Iewes
             had
             in
             Caanan
             ,
             
             being
             legally
             holy
             and
             appropriated
             vnto
             a
             holy
             people
             the
             seed
             of
             Abraham
             ,
             in
             which
             they
             dwelt
             securely
             ,
             and
             had
             their
             daies
             prolonged
             ,
             it
             being
             by
             an
             immediate
             voice
             said
             ,
             that
             he
             (
             the
             Lord
             )
             gaue
             it
             them
             a●
             a
             land
             of
             rest
             after
             their
             wearie
             trauels
             ,
             and
             a
             type
             of
             Eternall
             rest
             in
             heauen
             ,
             but
             now
             there
             is
             no
             land
             of
             that
             Sanctimanie
             ,
             no
             land
             so
             appropriated
             ;
             none
             typicall
             :
             much
             lesse
             any
             that
             can
             be
             said
             to
             be
             giuen
             of
             God
             to
             any
             nation
             a●
             was
             Caanan
             ,
             which
             they
             and
             their
             seed
             must
             dwell
             in
             ,
             till
             God
             sendeth
             vpon
             them
             sword
             or
             captiuitie
             :
             but
             now
             we
             are
             all
             in
             all
             places
             strangers
             and
             Pilgrims
             ,
             trauellers
             and
             soiourners
             ,
             most
             properly
             ,
             hauing
             no
             dwelling
             but
             in
             this
             earthen
             Tab●rnacle
             ;
             
             our
             dwelling
             is
             but
             a
             wandring
             ,
             and
             our
             abiding
             but
             as
             a
             fleeting
             ,
             
             and
             in
             a
             word
             our
             home
             is
             nowhere
             ,
             but
             in
             the
             heauens
             :
             in
             that
             house
             not
             made
             with
             hand●
             ,
             whose
             maker
             and
             builder
             is
             God
             ,
             and
             to
             which
             all
             ascend
             that
             〈◊〉
             the
             comming
             of
             our
             Lord
             Iesus
             .
          
           
             Though
             then
             ,
             there
             may
             be
             reasons
             to
             perswade
             a
             man
             to
             liue
             in
             this
             or
             that
             land
             ,
             yet
             there
             cannot
             be
             the
             same
             reasons
             which
             the
             Iewes
             had
             ,
             but
             now
             as
             naturall
             ,
             ciuill
             and
             Religious
             
             bands
             tie
             men
             ,
             so
             they
             must
             be
             bound
             ,
             and
             as
             good
             reason●
             for
             things
             terrene
             and
             heauenly
             appeare
             ,
             so
             they
             must
             be
             led
             .
             And
             so
             here
             falleth
             in
             our
             question
             ,
             
             how
             a
             man
             that
             is
             here
             borne
             and
             bred
             ,
             and
             hath
             liued
             some
             yeares
             ,
             may
             remoue
             himselfe
             into
             another
             countrie
             .
          
           
             I
             answer
             ,
             
             a
             man
             must
             not
             respect
             only
             to
             liue
             ,
             and
             doe
             good
             to
             himselfe
             ,
             but
             he
             should
             see
             where
             he
             can
             liue
             to
             doe
             most
             good
             to
             others
             :
             1
             for
             as
             one
             saith
             ,
             
               He
               whose
               liuing
               is
               but
               for
               himselfe
               ,
               it
               is
               time
               he
               were
               dead
               .
            
             Some
             men
             there
             are
             who
             of
             necessitie
             must
             here
             liue
             ,
             as
             being
             tied
             to
             duties
             either
             to
             Church
             ,
             Common-wealth
             ,
             houshold
             ,
             kindred
             ,
             &c.
             but
             others
             ,
             and
             that
             many
             ,
             who
             doe
             no
             good
             in
             none
             of
             those
             nor
             can
             doe
             none
             ,
             as
             being
             not
             able
             ,
             or
             not
             in
             fauour
             ,
             or
             as
             wanting
             opportunitie
             ,
             and
             liue
             as
             outcasts
             :
             no
             bodies
             ,
             eie-sores
             ,
             eating
             but
             for
             themselues
             ,
             teaching
             but
             themselues
             ,
             and
             doing
             good
             to
             none
             ,
             either
             in
             soule
             or
             body
             ,
             and
             so
             passe
             ouer
             daies
             ,
             yeares
             ,
             and
             moneths
             ,
             yea
             so
             liue
             and
             so
             die
             .
             Now
             such
             should
             life
             vp
             their
             eies
             and
             see
             whether
             there
             be
             not
             some
             other
             place
             and
             countrie
             to
             which
             they
             may
             goe
             to
             doe
             good
             and
             haue
             vse
             towards
             others
             of
             that
             knowledge
             ,
             wisdome
             ,
             humanitie
             ,
             reason
             ,
             strength
             ,
             skill
             ,
             facultie
             ,
             2
             &c.
             which
             God
             hath
             giuen
             them
             for
             the
             seruice
             of
             others
             and
             his
             owne
             glory
             .
          
           
             But
             not
             to
             passe
             the
             bounds
             of
             modestie
             so
             far
             as
             to
             name
             any
             ,
             though
             I
             co●fesse
             I
             know
             many
             ,
             who
             sit
             here
             still
             with
             their
             talent
             in
             a
             napkin
             ,
             hauing
             notable
             endowments
             both
             of
             body
             and
             minde
             ,
             
             and
             might
             doe
             great
             good
             if
             they
             were
             in
             some
             places
             ,
             which
             here
             doe
             none
             ,
             nor
             can
             doe
             none
             ,
             and
             yet
             through
             fleshly
             feare
             ,
             nicenesse
             ,
             straitnesse
             of
             heart
             ,
             &c.
             sit
             still
             and
             looke
             on
             ,
             and
             will
             not
             hazard
             a
             dram
             of
             health
             ,
             nor
             a
             day
             of
             pleasure
             ,
             nor
             an
             houre
             of
             rest
             to
             further
             the
             knowledge
             and
             saluation
             of
             the
             sons
             of
             Adam
             in
             that
             
               New
               world
            
             ,
             
             where
             a
             drop
             of
             the
             knowledge
             of
             Christ
             is
             most
             precious
             ,
             which
             is
             here
             not
             set
             by
             .
             Now
             what
             shall
             we
             say
             to
             such
             a
             profession
             of
             Christ
             ,
             to
             which
             is
             ioyned
             no
             more
             deniall
             of
             a
             mans
             selfe
             ?
             
             But
             some
             will
             say
             ,
             what
             right
             haue
             I
             to
             goe
             liue
             in
             the
             heathens
             countrie
             ?
          
           
             Letting
             passe
             the
             ancient
             discouerie●
             ,
             
             contracts
             and
             agreements
             which
             our
             English
             men
             haue
             long
             since
             made
             in
             those
             
             parts
             ,
             together
             with
             the
             acknowledgement
             of
             the
             histories
             and
             Chronicles
             of
             other
             nations
             ,
             who
             professe
             the
             land
             of
             America
             from
             the
             Cape
             
               De
               Florida
            
             vnto
             the
             Bay
             of
             Canad●
             (
             which
             is
             South
             and
             North
             300.
             leagues
             and
             vpwards
             ;
             and
             East
             and
             West
             ,
             further
             then
             yet
             hath
             beene
             discouered
             )
             is
             proper
             to
             the
             King
             of
             England
             ,
             yet
             letting
             that
             passe
             ,
             lest
             I
             he
             thought
             to
             meddle
             further
             then
             it
             concerns
             me
             ,
             or
             further
             then
             I
             haue
             discerning
             :
             I
             will
             mention
             such
             things
             as
             are
             within
             my
             reach
             ,
             knowledge
             ,
             sight
             and
             practice
             ,
             since
             I
             haue
             trauailed
             in
             these
             affaires
             .
          
           
             
             And
             first
             seeing
             we
             daily
             pray
             for
             the
             conuersion
             of
             the
             heathens
             ,
             we
             must
             consider
             whether
             there
             be
             not
             some
             ordinary
             meanes
             ,
             and
             course
             for
             vs
             to
             take
             to
             conuert
             them
             ,
             or
             whether
             praier
             for
             them
             be
             only
             referred
             to
             Gods
             extraordinarie
             worke
             from
             heauen
             .
             Now
             it
             seemeth
             vnto
             me
             that
             we
             ought
             also
             to
             endeuour
             and
             vse
             the
             meanes
             to
             conuert
             them
             ,
             and
             the
             meanes
             cannot
             be
             vsed
             vnlesse
             we
             goe
             to
             them
             or
             they
             come
             to
             vs
             :
             to
             vs
             they
             cannot
             come
             ,
             our
             land
             is
             full
             :
             to
             them
             we
             may
             goe
             ,
             their
             land
             is
             emptie
             .
          
           
             
             This
             then
             is
             a
             sufficient
             reason
             to
             proue
             our
             going
             thither
             to
             liue
             ,
             lawfull
             their
             land
             is
             spatious
             and
             void
             &
             there
             are
             few
             and
             doe
             but
             run
             ouer
             the
             grasse
             ,
             as
             doe
             also
             the
             Foxes
             and
             wilde
             beasts
             :
             they
             are
             not
             industrious
             ,
             neither
             haue
             are
             ,
             science
             ,
             skill
             or
             facultie
             to
             vse
             either
             the
             land
             or
             the
             commodities
             of
             it
             ,
             but
             all
             spoiles
             ,
             rots
             ,
             and
             is
             marred
             for
             want
             of
             manuring
             ,
             gathering
             ,
             ordering
             ,
             &c.
             
             As
             the
             ancient
             Patriarkes
             therefore
             remoued
             from
             straiter
             places
             into
             more
             roomthy
             ,
             where
             the
             Land
             lay
             idle
             and
             waste
             ,
             and
             none
             vsed
             it
             ,
             though
             there
             dwelt
             inhabitants
             by
             them
             ,
             as
             Gen.
             13.6.11.12
             .
             and
             34.21
             .
             and
             41.20
             .
             so
             is
             it
             lawfull
             now
             to
             take
             a
             land
             which
             none
             vseth
             ,
             and
             make
             vse
             of
             it
             .
          
           
             
             And
             as
             it
             is
             a
             common
             land
             or
             vnused
             ,
             &
             vndressed
             countrey
             ;
             
             so
             we
             haue
             it
             by
             common
             consent
             ,
             composition
             and
             agreement
             ,
             which
             agreement
             is
             double
             :
             First
             the
             Imperial
             Gouernor
             〈◊〉
             ,
             whose
             circuits
             in
             likelihood
             are
             larger
             then
             England
             and
             Scotland
             ,
             hath
             acknowledged
             the
             Kings
             Maiestie
             of
             England
             to
             be
             his
             Master
             and
             Commander
             ,
             and
             that
             once
             in
             〈…〉
             and
             in
             writing
             ,
             vnder
             his
             hand
             to
             
             Captaine
             Standish
             ,
             both
             he
             and
             many
             other
             Kings
             which
             are
             vnder
             him
             ,
             as
             
               Pamet
               ,
               Nauset
               ,
               Cammaquid
               ,
               Narrowhiggonset
               ,
               Namaschet
               ,
               &c.
            
             with
             diuers
             others
             that
             dwell
             about
             the
             baies
             of
             Patuxet
             ,
             and
             Massachuset
             :
             neither
             hath
             this
             beene
             accomplished
             by
             threats
             and
             blowes
             ,
             or
             shaking
             of
             sword
             ,
             and
             sound
             of
             trumpet
             ,
             for
             as
             our
             facultie
             that
             way
             is
             small
             ,
             and
             our
             strength
             lesse
             :
             so
             our
             warring
             with
             them
             is
             after
             another
             manner
             ,
             namely
             by
             friendly
             vsage
             ,
             loue
             ,
             peace
             ,
             honest
             and
             iust
             cariages
             ,
             good
             counsell
             ,
             &c.
             that
             so
             we
             and
             they
             may
             not
             only
             liue
             in
             peace
             in
             that
             land
             ,
             
             and
             they
             yeeld
             subiection
             to
             an
             earthly
             Prince
             ,
             but
             that
             as
             voluntaries
             they
             may
             be
             perswaded
             at
             length
             to
             embrace
             the
             Prince
             of
             peace
             Christ
             Iesus
             ,
             and
             rest
             in
             peace
             with
             him
             for
             euer
             .
          
           
             Secondly
             ,
             this
             composition
             is
             also
             more
             particular
             and
             applicatorie
             ,
             as
             touching
             our selues
             there
             inhabiting
             :
             the
             Emperour
             by
             aioynt
             consent
             ,
             hath
             promised
             and
             appointed
             vs
             to
             liue
             at
             peace
             ,
             where
             we
             will
             in
             all
             his
             dominions
             ,
             taking
             what
             place
             we
             will
             ,
             and
             as
             much
             land
             as
             we
             will
             ,
             and
             bringing
             as
             many
             people
             as
             we
             will
             ,
             and
             that
             for
             these
             two
             causes
             .
             First
             ,
             because
             we
             are
             the
             seruants
             of
             Iames
             King
             of
             England
             ,
             whose
             the
             land
             (
             as
             he
             confesseth
             )
             is
             ,
             2.
             because
             he
             hath
             found
             vs
             iust
             ,
             honest
             ,
             kinde
             and
             peaceable
             ,
             and
             so
             loues
             our
             company
             ,
             yea
             ,
             and
             that
             in
             these
             things
             there
             is
             no
             dissimulation
             on
             his
             part
             ,
             nor
             feare
             of
             breach
             (
             except
             our
             securitie
             ingender
             in
             them
             some
             vnthought
             of
             trecherie
             ,
             or
             our
             vnciuilitie
             prouoke
             them
             to
             anger
             )
             is
             most
             plaine
             in
             other
             Relations
             ,
             which
             shew
             that
             the
             things
             they
             did
             were
             more
             out
             of
             loue
             then
             out
             of
             feare
             .
          
           
             It
             being
             then
             first
             a
             vast
             and
             emptie
             Chaos
             :
             Secondly
             acknowledged
             the
             right
             of
             our
             Soueraigne
             King
             :
             Thirdly
             ,
             by
             a
             peaceable
             composition
             in
             part
             possessed
             of
             diuers
             of
             his
             louing
             subiects
             ,
             I
             see
             not
             who
             can
             doubt
             or
             call
             in
             question
             the
             lawfulnesse
             of
             inhabiting
             or
             dwelling
             there
             ,
             but
             that
             it
             may
             be
             as
             lawfull
             for
             such
             as
             are
             not
             tied
             vpon
             some
             speciall
             occasion
             here
             ,
             to
             line
             there
             as
             well
             as
             here
             ,
             yea
             ,
             and
             as
             the
             enterprise
             is
             weightie
             and
             difficult
             ,
             so
             the
             honour
             is
             more
             worthy
             ,
             to
             plant
             a
             rude
             wildernesse
             ,
             to
             enlarge
             the
             honour
             and
             fame
             of
             our
             dread
             Soueraigne
             ,
             but
             chiefly
             to
             displaie
             the
             
             efficacie
             &
             power
             of
             the
             Gospell
             both
             in
             zealous
             preaching
             ,
             professing
             ,
             and
             wise
             walking
             vnder
             it
             ,
             before
             the
             faces
             of
             these
             poore
             blinde
             Infidels
             .
          
           
             As
             for
             such
             as
             obiect
             the
             tediousnesse
             of
             the
             voyage
             thither
             ,
             the
             danger
             of
             Pirats
             robberie
             ,
             of
             the
             sauages
             trecherie
             ,
             &c.
             these
             are
             but
             Lyons
             in
             the
             way
             ,
             
             and
             it
             were
             well
             for
             such
             men
             if
             they
             were
             in
             heauen
             ,
             for
             who
             can
             shew
             them
             a
             place
             in
             this
             world
             where
             iniquitie
             shall
             not
             compasse
             them
             at
             the
             heeles
             ,
             and
             where
             they
             shall
             haue
             a
             day
             without
             griefe
             ,
             
             or
             a
             lease
             of
             life
             for
             a
             moment
             ;
             and
             who
             can
             tell
             but
             God
             ,
             what
             dangers
             may
             lie
             at
             our
             doores
             ,
             euen
             in
             our
             natiue
             countrie
             ,
             or
             what
             plots
             may
             be
             abroad
             ,
             or
             when
             God
             will
             cause
             our
             sunne
             to
             goe
             downe
             at
             noone
             daie●
             ,
             
             and
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             our
             peace
             and
             securitie
             ,
             lay
             vpon
             vs
             some
             lasting
             s●ourge
             for
             our
             so
             long
             neglect
             and
             contempt
             of
             his
             most
             glorious
             Gospell
             .
          
           
             
             But
             we
             haue
             here
             great
             peace
             ,
             plentie
             of
             the
             Gospell
             ,
             and
             many
             sweet
             delights
             and
             varietie
             of
             comforts
             .
          
           
             
             True
             indeed
             ,
             and
             farre
             be
             it
             from
             vs
             to
             denie
             and
             diminish
             the
             least
             of
             these
             mercies
             ,
             but
             haue
             we
             rendered
             vnto
             God
             thankfull
             obedience
             for
             this
             long
             peace
             ,
             whilst
             other
             peoples
             haue
             beene
             at
             wars
             ?
             haue
             we
             not
             rather
             murmured
             ,
             repined
             ,
             and
             fallen
             at
             iars
             amongst
             our selues
             ,
             whilst
             our
             peace
             hath
             lasted
             with
             forraigne
             power
             ?
             was
             there
             euer
             more
             suits
             in
             law
             ,
             more
             enuie
             ,
             contempt
             and
             reproch
             then
             now
             adaies
             ?
             Abraham
             and
             Lot
             departed
             asunder
             when
             there
             fell
             a
             breach
             betwixt
             them
             ,
             
             which
             was
             occasioned
             by
             the
             straightnesse
             of
             the
             land
             :
             and
             surely
             I
             am
             perswaded
             ,
             that
             howsoeuer
             the
             frailties
             of
             men
             are
             principall
             in
             all
             contentions
             ,
             yet
             the
             straitnes
             of
             the
             place
             is
             such
             ,
             as
             each
             man
             is
             faine
             to
             plucke
             his
             meanes
             as
             it
             were
             out
             of
             his
             neighbours
             throat
             ,
             there
             is
             such
             pressing
             and
             oppressing
             in
             towne
             and
             countrie
             ,
             about
             Farmes
             ,
             trades
             ,
             traffique
             ,
             &c.
             so
             as
             a
             man
             can
             hardly
             any
             where
             set
             vp
             a
             trade
             but
             he
             shall
             pull
             downe
             two
             of
             his
             neighbours
             .
          
           
             The
             Townes
             abound
             with
             young
             trades-men
             ,
             and
             the
             Hospitals
             are
             full
             of
             the
             Auncient
             ,
             the
             country
             is
             replenished
             with
             new
             Farmers
             ,
             and
             the
             Almes-houses
             are
             filled
             with
             old
             Labourers
             ,
             many
             there
             are
             who
             get
             their
             liuing
             with
             bearing
             burdens
             ,
             but
             moe
             are
             faine
             to
             burden
             the
             land
             with
             their
             
             whole
             bodies
             :
             multitudes
             get
             their
             meanes
             of
             life
             by
             prating
             ,
             and
             so
             doe
             numbers
             more
             by
             begging
             .
             Neither
             come
             these
             straits
             vpon
             men
             alwaies
             through
             intemperancy
             ,
             ill
             husbandry
             ,
             indiscretion
             ,
             &c.
             as
             some
             thinke
             ,
             but
             euen
             the
             most
             wise
             ,
             sober
             ,
             and
             discreet
             men
             ,
             goe
             often
             to
             the
             wall
             ,
             when
             they
             haue
             done
             their
             best
             ,
             wherein
             as
             Gods
             prouidence
             swaieth
             all
             ,
             so
             it
             is
             easie
             to
             see
             ,
             that
             the
             straitnesse
             of
             the
             place
             hauing
             in
             it
             so
             many
             strait
             hearts
             ,
             cannot
             but
             produce
             such
             effects
             more
             and
             more
             ,
             so
             as
             euery
             indifferent
             minded
             man
             should
             be
             ready
             to
             say
             with
             Father
             
               Abraham
               ,
               Take
               thou
               the
               right
               hand
               ,
               and
               I
               will
               take
               the
               left
               :
            
             Let
             vs
             not
             thus
             oppresse
             ,
             straiten
             ,
             and
             afflict
             one
             another
             ,
             but
             seeing
             there
             is
             a
             spatious
             Land
             ,
             the
             way
             to
             which
             is
             thorow
             the
             sea
             ,
             wee
             will
             end
             this
             difference
             in
             a
             day
             .
          
           
             That
             I
             speake
             nothing
             about
             the
             bitter
             contention
             that
             hath
             beene
             about
             Religion
             ,
             by
             writing
             ,
             disputing
             ,
             and
             inueighing
             earnestly
             one
             against
             another
             ,
             the
             heat
             of
             which
             zeale
             if
             it
             were
             turned
             against
             the
             rude
             barbarisme
             of
             the
             Heathens
             ,
             it
             might
             doe
             more
             good
             in
             a
             day
             ,
             then
             it
             hath
             done
             here
             in
             many
             yeares
             .
             Neither
             of
             the
             little
             loue
             to
             the
             Gospell
             and
             profit
             which
             is
             made
             by
             the
             Preachers
             in
             most
             places
             ,
             which
             might
             easily
             driue
             the
             zealous
             to
             the
             Heathens
             who
             no
             doubt
             if
             they
             had
             but
             a
             drop
             of
             that
             knowledge
             which
             here
             flieth
             about
             the
             streetes
             ,
             would
             be
             filled
             with
             exceeding
             great
             ioy
             and
             gladnesse
             ,
             as
             that
             they
             would
             euen
             plucke
             the
             kingdome
             of
             heauen
             by
             violence
             ,
             and
             take
             it
             as
             it
             were
             by
             force
             .
          
           
             The
             greatest
             let
             that
             is
             yet
             behinde
             is
             the
             sweet
             fellowship
             of
             friends
             ,
             
             and
             the
             satietie
             of
             bodily
             delights
             .
          
           
             But
             can
             there
             be
             two
             neerer
             friends
             almost
             then
             Abraham
             and
             Lot
             ,
             or
             then
             Paul
             and
             Barnabas
             ,
             and
             yet
             vpon
             as
             little
             occasions
             as
             we
             haue
             heere
             ,
             they
             departed
             asunder
             ,
             two
             of
             them
             being
             Patriarches
             of
             the
             Church
             of
             old
             ;
             the
             other
             the
             Apostles
             of
             the
             Church
             which
             is
             new
             ,
             and
             their
             couenants
             were
             such
             as
             it
             seemeth
             might
             binde
             as
             much
             as
             any
             couenant
             betweene
             men
             at
             this
             day
             ,
             and
             yet
             to
             auoid
             greater
             inconueniences
             they
             departed
             asunder
             .
          
           
             Neither
             must
             men
             take
             so
             much
             thought
             for
             the
             flesh
             ,
             as
             not
             
             to
             be
             pleased
             except
             they
             can
             pamper
             〈◊〉
             bodies
             〈◊〉
             variety
             of
             dainties
             .
             Nature
             is
             content
             with
             little
             ,
             and
             health
             is
             much
             endangered
             ,
             by
             mixtures
             vpon
             the
             stomach
             :
             The
             delights
             of
             the
             palate
             doe
             often
             inflame
             the
             vitall
             parts
             :
             as
             the
             tongue
             setteth
             a
             fire
             the
             whole
             body
             .
             
             Secondly
             ,
             varieties
             here
             are
             not
             common
             to
             all
             ,
             but
             many
             good
             men
             are
             glad
             to
             snap
             as
             a
             crust
             .
             The
             rent
             taker
             liues
             on
             sweet
             morsels
             ,
             but
             the
             rent
             payer
             eats
             a
             drie
             crust
             often
             with
             watery
             eies
             :
             and
             it
             is
             nothing
             to
             say
             what
             some
             one
             of
             a
             hundreth
             hath
             ,
             but
             what
             the
             bulke
             ,
             body
             and
             cominalty
             hath
             ,
             which
             I
             warrant
             you
             is
             short
             enough
             .
          
           
             And
             they
             also
             which
             now
             liue
             so
             sweetly
             ,
             hardly
             will
             their
             children
             attaine
             to
             that
             priuiledge
             ,
             but
             some
             circumuentor
             or
             other
             will
             outstrip
             them
             ,
             and
             make
             them
             sit
             in
             the
             dust
             ,
             to
             which
             men
             are
             brought
             in
             one
             age
             ,
             but
             cannot
             get
             out
             of
             it
             againe
             in
             7.
             generations
             .
          
           
             To
             conclude
             ,
             without
             all
             partialitie
             ,
             the
             present
             consumption
             which
             groweth
             vpon
             vs
             here
             ,
             whilst
             the
             land
             groaneth
             vnder
             so
             many
             close
             fisted
             and
             vnmercifull
             men
             ,
             being
             compared
             with
             the
             easinesse
             ,
             plainenesse
             and
             plentifulnesse
             in
             liuing
             in
             those
             remote
             places
             ,
             may
             quickly
             perswade
             any
             man
             to
             a
             liking
             of
             this
             course
             ,
             and
             to
             practise
             a
             remoual
             ,
             which
             being
             done
             by
             honest
             ,
             godly
             and
             industrious
             men
             ,
             they
             shall
             there
             be
             right
             hartily
             welcome
             ,
             but
             for
             other
             of
             dissolute
             and
             prophane
             life
             ,
             their
             roomes
             are
             better
             then
             their
             companies
             ;
             for
             if
             here
             where
             the
             Gospell
             hath
             beene
             so
             long
             and
             plentifully
             taught
             ,
             they
             are
             yet
             frequent
             in
             such
             vices
             as
             the
             Heathen
             would
             shame
             to
             speake
             of
             ,
             what
             will
             they
             be
             when
             there
             is
             lesse
             restraint
             in
             word
             and
             deed
             ?
             My
             onely
             sute
             to
             all
             men
             is
             ,
             that
             whether
             they
             liue
             there
             or
             here
             ,
             they
             would
             learne
             to
             vse
             this
             world
             as
             they
             vsed
             it
             not
             ,
             keeping
             faith
             and
             a
             good
             conscience
             ,
             both
             with
             God
             and
             men
             ,
             that
             when
             the
             day
             of
             account
             shall
             come
             ,
             they
             may
             come
             forth
             as
             good
             and
             fruitfull
             seruants
             ,
             and
             freely
             be
             receiued
             ,
             and
             enter
             into
             the
             ioy
             of
             their
             master
             .
          
           
             FINIS
             .
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Notes, typically marginal, from the original text
         
           Notes for div A09810-e590
           
             Note
             .
          
           
             Our
             first
             combat
             with
             the
             Indians
             .
          
           
             The
             agreements
             of
             peace
             betweene
             vs
             and
             Massasoy●
             ▪
             
          
           
             The
             Preamble
             .
          
           
             〈◊〉
             .
             Gen.
             12.
             
             ●
             ,
             ●
             &
             35.
             
             ●
             .
          
           
             Mat.
             2.
             19.
             
          
           
             Psal.
             105.
             13.
             
          
           
             Eseb.
             1.
             1
             ,
             2.
             
          
           
             Josh.
             ●
             .
             12
             .
          
           
             〈…〉
             3.
             
          
           
             2
             Cor.
             5
             1
             ,
             2.3
             .
          
           
             So
             were
             the
             Iewes
             ,
             but
             yet
             their
             temper
             all
             blessings
             and
             inheritances
             were
             more
             〈◊〉
             then
             〈◊〉
             
          
           
             Obiect
             .
          
           
             Answ.
             
          
           
             1
             What
             persons
             may
             hence
             remoue
             .
          
           
             2
             Why
             they
             should
             remoue
             .
          
           
             Luk.
             19.20
             .
          
           
             Reas.
             ●
             .
          
           
             Obiect
             .
          
           
             Answ.
             
          
           
             Reas.
             2.
             
          
           
             Reas.
             3.
             
          
           
             Reas.
             4.
             
          
           
             This
             is
             to
             be
             considered
             as
             respecting
             new
             England
             and
             the
             〈…〉
             the
             plantation
             .
          
           
             Psal.
             110.3
             .
             &
             48.
             
             ●
             .
          
           
             Prou.
             22.13
             .
          
           
             Psal.
             49.5
             .
             Mat.
             6.34
             .
          
           
             Amos
             8.9
             .
          
           
             Ob.
             
          
           
             Answ.
             2.
             
             Chro.
             32.25
             .
          
           
             Gen.
             13.9.10
             .
          
           
             The
             last
             〈◊〉
             .
          
           
             Iames
             3.6
             .